DCS-Mirror
/
ru_gl_ru_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/ru_gl/ru_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

wo INTCORE

This commit is contained in:
Samuel Kim 2021-05-11 13:54:14 +00:00
parent 55e27384ea
commit 25a44be15f
1 changed files with 577 additions and 577 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

1154
en_tn_17-EST.tsv
View File

@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ EST 1 1 zzz2 figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 в
EST 1 1 qwe1 translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 Артаксеркса This is a man’s name. It occurs many times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 1 1 v5ts writing-background ה֣וּא אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ הַ⁠מֹּלֵךְ֙ מֵ⁠הֹ֣דּוּ וְ⁠עַד־כּ֔וּשׁ שֶׁ֛בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה 1 он, Артаксеркс, царствовал от Индии и до Ефиопии над ста двадцатью семью областями Это дополнительная информация о правителе Артаксерксе (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 1 1 qwe3 ה֣וּא אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ הַ⁠מֹּלֵךְ֙ 1 он, Артаксеркс, царствовал Alternative translation: “This king named Ahasuerus ruled”
EST 1 1 qwe5 writing-background מֵ⁠הֹ֣דּוּ וְ⁠עַד־כּ֔וּשׁ 1 от Индии и до Ефиопии INTCORE над ста двадцатью семью областями Областью называется пространная территория, являющаяся частью какого-либо государства. Страны делятся на области для более эффективного управления государством.
EST 1 1 qwe5 writing-background מֵ⁠הֹ֣דּוּ וְ⁠עַד־כּ֔וּשׁ 1 от Индии и до Ефиопии Областью называется пространная территория, являющаяся частью какого-либо государства. Страны делятся на области для более эффективного управления государством.
EST 1 1 qwe7 writing-background שֶׁ֛בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה 1 над ста двадцатью семью областями The number is given to show what a large empire this was. You could say that explicitly by saying, “Ahasuerus ruled a very large empire that had 127 provinces.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 1 1 qwe8 translate-numbers שֶׁ֛בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה 1 над ста двадцатью семью областями Alternate translation: “one hundred twenty-seven provinces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 1 2 dk31 figs-metonymy כְּ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת…עַ֚ל כִּסֵּ֣א מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 когда сидел… на троне своего царства Here, the action of **sitting** on a throne is used figuratively to mean ruling over a kingdom. You could just say “ruled,” as UST does. But as an alternative, you could say, “ruled his empire from his royal throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ EST 1 3 jdr3 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו 1 были перед ним
EST 1 4 qwr9 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠הַרְאֹת֗⁠וֹ אֶת־עֹ֨שֶׁר֙ כְּב֣וֹד מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 когда он показывал богатство великолепия своего царства Эти два выражения синонимичны и употребляются вместе для усиления мысли о том, насколько великим было царство Артаксеркса. Альтернативный перевод: "несметные богатсва своего царства" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 4 qet1 figs-explicit בְּ⁠הַרְאֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 когда он показывал **He** refers to the king. The implication is that he held this banquet to show all of his officials how wealthy and powerful he was. The invited officials would then go back to all the different parts of the empire and tell everyone this. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus wanted to demonstrate to his guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 4 m8xa figs-doublet עֹ֨שֶׁר֙ כְּב֣וֹד מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 богатство великолепия своего царства The words **wealth** and **glory** have similar meanings and they are used together to emphasize how great his kingdom was. Alternate translation: “the great wealth of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 1 4 qet3 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠הַרְאֹת֗⁠וֹ…וְ⁠אֶ֨ת־יְקָ֔ר תִּפְאֶ֖רֶת גְּדוּלָּת֑⁠וֹ 1 когда он показывал… и честь славы своего величия INTCORE когда он показывал… и честь славы своего величия You can translate the abstract nouns **splendor**, **beauty**, and **greatness** as adjectives. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus … wanted to demonstrate … that he was a very powerful king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 4 qet3 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠הַרְאֹת֗⁠וֹ…וְ⁠אֶ֨ת־יְקָ֔ר תִּפְאֶ֖רֶת גְּדוּלָּת֑⁠וֹ 1 когда он показывал… и честь славы своего величия You can translate the abstract nouns **splendor**, **beauty**, and **greatness** as adjectives. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus … wanted to demonstrate … that he was a very powerful king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 4 lun5 figs-doublet יְקָ֔ר תִּפְאֶ֖רֶת גְּדוּלָּת֑⁠וֹ 1 честь славы своего величия The words **splendor** and **beauty** have similar meaning and emphasize how great he was. Alternate translation: “the splendor of his greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 1 4 qet5 figs-explicit יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֔ים שְׁמוֹנִ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם 1 много дней — сто восемьдесят дней This was a very long time for a royal feast to last. The earlier part of the verse provides the reason for this. To make the connection explicit, you could add some explanatory words to the verse like this: “Ahasuerus entertained his guests fabulously because he wanted to demonstrate that his empire was extremely wealthy and that he was a very powerful king. He did so many things for them that the festivities lasted for six months.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 4 x1v6 translate-numbers שְׁמוֹנִ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם 1 сто восемьдесят дней Six months is about **180 days** or about half a year. You can use whatever expression will best express this time period in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ EST 1 5 qey1 figs-merism לְ⁠מִ⁠גָּ֧דוֹל וְ⁠עַד־קָטָ
EST 1 5 qey3 שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 семь дней Alternate translation: “another feast that lasted seven days” The story does not suggest that this was an unusually long time by saying, “for many days.” But you could also say something like “a whole week” to show that this was a generous gesture of thanks on the part of the king.
EST 1 6 qey5 translate-unknown ח֣וּר ׀ כַּרְפַּ֣ס וּ⁠תְכֵ֗לֶת 1 белые льняные и голубые ткани These **linens** were curtains that were hung in the courtyard. **Cotton** refers to the white color of some of them. So this means white and blue curtains. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 1 6 qey7 ח֣וּר ׀ כַּרְפַּ֣ס וּ⁠תְכֵ֗לֶת 1 белые льняные и голубые ткани You can specify at the beginning of this verse that the location being described is the same as in the previous verse: “In the courtyard, white and blue curtains.”
EST 1 6 qey9 translate-unknown בְּ⁠חַבְלֵי־ב֣וּץ וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֔ן 1 виссонными и фиолетовыми шнурами INTCORE и чёрного мрамора **Byssus** means “white linen” and it is used to describe the white color of some of these cords. So this means white and purple cords. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 1 6 qey9 translate-unknown בְּ⁠חַבְלֵי־ב֣וּץ וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֔ן 1 виссонными и фиолетовыми шнурами **Byssus** means “white linen” and it is used to describe the white color of some of these cords. So this means white and purple cords. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 1 6 qru1 figs-explicit מִטּ֣וֹת ׀ זָהָ֣ב וָ⁠כֶ֗סֶף 1 золотые и серебряные ложа You can specify that these couches were there for the guests to recline on while they ate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 6 asn4 translate-unknown רִֽצְפַ֥ת 1 помосте This word probably refers to a mosaic floor made of inlaid pieces of colorful precious stones.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 1 6 eyi2 translate-unknown בַּהַט 1 камней зелёного цвета This is a kind of red and purple stone that contains pieces of crystal. You could call it “feldspar” or something descriptive like “red marble.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ EST 1 9 qti3 בֵּ֚ית הַ⁠מַּלְכ֔וּת אֲשֶׁ֖ר לַ⁠מ
EST 1 9 qti5 figs-abstractnouns בֵּ֚ית הַ⁠מַּלְכ֔וּת 1 царского дома You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with the adjective royal. Alternate translation: “royal palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 10 jv7z translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 На седьмой день Alternate translation: “after six days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 1 10 le6l figs-idiom כְּ⁠ט֥וֹב לֵב־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ בַּ⁠יָּ֑יִן 1 когда развеселилось сердце царя от вина Here, **heart** figuratively means the action of thinking or feeling. Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was in a good mood from drinking wine” or “when the king was drunk with wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 10 dcb2 translate-names לִ֠⁠מְהוּמָן בִּזְּתָ֨א חַרְבוֹנָ֜א בִּגְתָ֤א וַ⁠אֲבַגְתָא֙ זֵתַ֣ר וְ⁠כַרְכַּ֔ס 1 Мегуману, Бизфе, Харбоне, Бигфе и Авагфе, Зефару и Каркасу INTCORE Бизфе, Харбоне, Бигфе и Авагфе, Зефару и Каркасу Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 1 10 dcb2 translate-names לִ֠⁠מְהוּמָן בִּזְּתָ֨א חַרְבוֹנָ֜א בִּגְתָ֤א וַ⁠אֲבַגְתָא֙ זֵתַ֣ר וְ⁠כַרְכַּ֔ס 1 Мегуману, Бизфе, Харбоне, Бигфе и Авагфе, Зефару и Каркасу Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 1 10 ens5 translate-unknown הַ⁠סָּ֣רִיסִ֔ים 1 евнухам This term occurs a dozen times in the story. It describes male royal officials who served as guardians for the women who lived in the palace. They were both guardians of the door, to keep unwanted people out of the women’s quarters, and guardians of the women inside, to take care of them and look after their needs. (As we learn in 2:21, some of these officials also protected the king’s private quarters.) As we see here, and as will also be seen in 2:14 and 2:16, their duties included escorting women from place to place. The term likely indicates that, in keeping with the practices of the time, these men were castrated because their work brought them into such close contact with the king’s wives and concubines. If your language has a term for such an official and you think your readers would recognize it, you can use it. Otherwise, you can use a term that describes the role that these officials played in the royal court. Alternate translation: “guardians” or “officials” or “castrated servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 1 10 qti7 writing-background הַ⁠מְשָׁ֣רְתִ֔ים אֶת־פְּנֵ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ 1 служившим перед царём Артаксерксом This is background information to explain who these men were. Alternate translation: “who attended him personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 1 10 jdr7 figs-metonymy פְּנֵ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ 1 перед царём Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that these seven men served King Ahasuerus personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ EST 1 14 adf5 וְ⁠הַ⁠קָּרֹ֣ב אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 а прибли
EST 1 14 cc44 translate-names כַּרְשְׁנָ֤א שֵׁתָר֙ אַדְמָ֣תָא תַרְשִׁ֔ישׁ מֶ֥רֶס מַרְסְנָ֖א מְמוּכָ֑ן 1 Каршена, Шефар, Адмафа, Фарсис, Мерес, Марсена, Мемухан Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 1 14 jd13 figs-idiom רֹאֵי֙ פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 видящие лицо царя **To see the face of** is an idiom that means to be in the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus would regularly and personally consult with these seven advisors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 14 adf7 figs-metaphor הַ⁠יֹּשְׁבִ֥ים רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה בַּ⁠מַּלְכֽוּת 1 сидящие первыми в царстве Here, **sitting** represents ruling or judging. The expression here means that these were the most powerful officials in the empire. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 1 15 j6sh figs-explicit כְּ⁠דָת֙ מַֽה־לַּ⁠עֲשׂ֔וֹת בַּ⁠מַּלְכָּ֖ה וַשְׁתִּ֑י עַ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־עָשְׂתָ֗ה אֶֽת־מַאֲמַר֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים 1 По закону что надо сделать с царицей Астинь за то, что она не выполнила приказ царя Артаксеркса, переданного через евнухов INTCORE По закону что надо сделать с царицей Астинь за то, что она не выполнила приказ царя Артаксеркса, переданного через евнухов? This verse presents the question that the king asked the wise men. It may be helpful to indicate this by saying something like “The king asked them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 15 j6sh figs-explicit כְּ⁠דָת֙ מַֽה־לַּ⁠עֲשׂ֔וֹת בַּ⁠מַּלְכָּ֖ה וַשְׁתִּ֑י עַ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־עָשְׂתָ֗ה אֶֽת־מַאֲמַר֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים 1 По закону что надо сделать с царицей Астинь за то, что она не выполнила приказ царя Артаксеркса, переданного через евнухов This verse presents the question that the king asked the wise men. It may be helpful to indicate this by saying something like “The king asked them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 15 ics9 כְּ⁠דָת֙…עַ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 По закону… за то, что Alternate translation: “What does the law say we should do … because …?”
EST 1 15 adf9 figs-events בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים 1 переданного через евнухов To present the events in chronological order, you can begin with the information that these men brought the command. Alternate translation: “Queen Vashti did not do what I told my servants to command her to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 1 15 jd15 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים 1 переданного через евнухов Here, **hand** figuratively represents the action of doing or giving. The phrase means that the eunuchs were the ones who told Queen Vashti what King Ahasuerus had commanded her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ EST 1 16 adg5 figs-123person הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹ
EST 1 17 jd17 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 потому что This introduces the reason why Memukan says that Queen Vashti has done wrong against all the men in the kingdom and not only against King Ahasuerus. To show that, you can begin with “This is what will happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 1 17 gn4g figs-hyperbole יֵצֵ֤א דְבַר־הַ⁠מַּלְכָּה֙ עַל־כָּל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֔ים 1 дело царицы дойдёт до всех женщин To emphasize his point, Memukan exaggerates and says that every single woman in the empire will hear about Queen Vashti refusing to obey King Ahasuerus. You could say, as UST does, that “women all over the empire” will hear about what the queen did. Or you could preserve Memukan’s manner of speaking by saying, “every woman” will hear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EST 1 17 jd19 figs-metaphor לְ⁠הַבְז֥וֹת בַּעְלֵי⁠הֶ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֑ן 1 так что их мужья станут презренными в их глазах Here, **eyes** stand for seeing, and seeing figuratively means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that the women will treat their husbands with disrespect and not obey them. Alternate translation: “women will despise their husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 1 17 adg7 figs-explicit בְּ⁠אָמְרָ֗⁠ם הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֡וֹשׁ אָמַ֞ר לְ⁠הָבִ֨יא אֶת־וַשְׁתִּ֧י הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠לֹא־בָֽאָה 1 когда скажут они: "Царь Артаксеркс приказал привести к нему Астинь, царицу, а она не пришла" INTCORE когда скажут они: \"Царь Артаксеркс приказал привести к нему Астинь, царицу, а она не пришла\" The implication is that they will go on to say, “So if even the queen can disobey the king, why should I have to obey my husband?” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 17 adg7 figs-explicit בְּ⁠אָמְרָ֗⁠ם הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֡וֹשׁ אָמַ֞ר לְ⁠הָבִ֨יא אֶת־וַשְׁתִּ֧י הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠לֹא־בָֽאָה 1 когда скажут они: “Царь Артаксеркс приказал привести к нему Астинь, царицу, а она не пришла” The implication is that they will go on to say, “So if even the queen can disobey the king, why should I have to obey my husband?” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 17 adg9 grammar-connect-logic-result הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֡וֹשׁ אָמַ֞ר לְ⁠הָבִ֨יא אֶת־וַשְׁתִּ֧י הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠לֹא־בָֽאָה 1 Царь Артаксеркс приказал привести к нему Астинь, царицу, а она не пришла The women will stop respecting their husbands after they hear about this. You can put this report about what Queen Vashti did first, before “women will stop respecting their husbands,” because it is the reason that explains that result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 1 17 jd21 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 к нему Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means the Queen Vashti refused to come into the presence of King Ahasuerus when he summoned her during the feast. See how you translated this in verse 11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 18 afg1 וְֽ⁠הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה 1 И в этот день Alternate translation: “even today” or “even this very day”
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ EST 1 19 afh3 figs-idiom אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֗וֹב 1 Е
EST 1 19 d8qk figs-123person אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֗וֹב 1 Если угодно царю Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “If it pleases you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 1 19 jd25 figs-metonymy יֵצֵ֤א דְבַר־מַלְכוּת֙ מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 пусть выйдет от него царское слово Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that the decree will come from the king himself. Alternate translation: “you should personally issue a royal decree” or “you should write a decree yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 19 afh5 figs-abstractnouns דְבַר־מַלְכוּת֙ 1 царское слово You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with the adjective “royal.” Alternate translation: “royal decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 19 jd23 figs-123person מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 от него INTCORE и чтобы её царский титул царь передал другой, которая лучше её Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 1 19 jd23 figs-123person מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 от него Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 1 19 afh7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִכָּתֵ֛ב 1 и пусть будет вписано You can say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “you should write a decree yourself” or “command your scribes to write a decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 1 19 mh1a וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲב֑וֹר 1 и… отменится… не Alternate translation: “these laws never become invalid” or “can never be changed”
EST 1 19 jd27 figs-123person תָב֜וֹא…לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 входила… к царю Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “never come into your presence again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -134,9 +134,9 @@ EST 1 21 afj9 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ וְ
EST 1 21 agj1 וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר מְמוּכָֽן 1 и сделал царь по слову Мемухана This means that King Ahasuerus wrote a law proclaiming what Memukan had suggested.
EST 1 21 p5us translate-names מְמוּכָֽן 1 Мемухана Translate his name as in [1:14](../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 1 22 agj3 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח סְפָרִים֙ אֶל־כָּל־מְדִינ֣וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 И послал он письма во все области царя **He** means King Ahasuerus. This is saying that the king sent letters to every province in his empire.
EST 1 22 jd37 figs-idiom מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙ 1 в каждую область INTCORE каждую область Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления). См., как вы перевели это понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md).[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 22 jd37 figs-idiom מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙ 1 в каждую область Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления). См., как вы перевели это понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md).[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 22 agj5 כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֔⁠הּ 1 на её письменности Alternate translation: “using its own alphabet” or “written in its own script”
EST 1 22 jd39 figs-idiom עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 и к каждому народу INTCORE каждому народу This is an idiom that means “every people group” or every single people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 22 jd39 figs-idiom עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 и к каждому народу This is an idiom that means “every people group” or every single people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 22 jd41 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 на его языке Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 22 jj9n לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת כָּל־אִישׁ֙ שֹׂרֵ֣ר בְּ⁠בֵית֔⁠וֹ 1 чтобы каждый муж был управляющим в своём доме This meant that all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children.
EST 1 22 jd43 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 на языке своего народа Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Есфирь 02 Общие замечания<br><br>###
EST 2 1 dpc3 writing-newevent אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 После этих событий В повествовании начинают разворачиваться новые события (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 2 1 e4lp כְּ⁠שֹׁ֕ךְ חֲמַ֖ת הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 когда утих гнев царя Артаксеркса Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was not angry any more” or “when King Ahasuerus became less angry”
EST 2 1 agj9 זָכַ֤ר אֶת־וַשְׁתִּי֙ 1 он вспомнил об Астинь This means that he started to think about Vashti. He probably thought about the things that he liked about her, meaning that he missed her.
EST 2 1 xpt9 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֔תָה וְ⁠אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־נִגְזַ֖ר עָלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 что она сделала, и о том, что было решено против неё INTCORE о том, что она сделала, и о том, что было решено против неё. This refers to Vashti’s refusal to obey Ahasuerus, and to the decision he made in [1:21](../01/21.md) that she could never come into his presence again. This could actually mean that when he thought about Vashti and what she had done, he regretted the decision that he had made about her. But there was nothing he could do to bring her back because the laws of the empire could not be changed. You could explain all or some of this in your translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 1 xpt9 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֔תָה וְ⁠אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־נִגְזַ֖ר עָלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 что она сделала, и о том, что было решено против неё This refers to Vashti’s refusal to obey Ahasuerus, and to the decision he made in [1:21](../01/21.md) that she could never come into his presence again. This could actually mean that when he thought about Vashti and what she had done, he regretted the decision that he had made about her. But there was nothing he could do to bring her back because the laws of the empire could not be changed. You could explain all or some of this in your translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 1 agk1 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁר־נִגְזַ֖ר עָלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 что было решено против неё You can say this with an active form, and you can say that the king performed the action. Alternate translation: “what he had decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 2 agk3 translate-unknown נַעֲרֵֽי־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ מְשָׁרְתָ֑י⁠ו 1 молодые слуги царя, служившие ему These were not the older, wiser royal advisors whom Ahasuerus consulted in [1:13](../01/13.md), but younger men who stood nearby the king ready to help with any practical needs. You could call them his personal servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 2 agk5 figs-explicit יְבַקְשׁ֥וּ לַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ נְעָר֥וֹת 1 Пусть поищут для царя молодых Implicit in this suggestion is the idea, “You should get a new wife for yourself.” You can say that explicitly at the beginning of the advice that the young men gave to the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -156,13 +156,13 @@ EST 2 3 g9vp figs-123person וְ⁠יַפְקֵ֨ד הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 и
EST 2 3 jd47 figs-idiom טוֹבַ֨ת מַרְאֶ֜ה 1 приятной внешности As in 1:11, this is an idiom that means very beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 2 3 xqf9 translate-unknown שׁוּשַׁ֤ן הַ⁠בִּירָה֙ 1 Сузы, крепость In this context, this expression probably means “to the palace here in Susa.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 3 j4ka בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֔ים 1 дом женщин This means the harem for virgins, the place where the young women would live and receive beauty treatments before they were taken to the king (see verses 13 and 14).
EST 2 3 d754 figs-activepassive אֶל־יַ֥ד הֵגֶ֛א סְרִ֥יס הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים 1 в подчинение Гегая — царского евнуха, смотрителя женщин INTCORE в подчинение Гегая — царского евнуха, смотрителя женщин This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let Hegai, the king’s official, who is in charge of the women, take care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 3 jd49 figs-metaphor יַ֥ד הֵגֶ֛א 1 в подчинение Гегая INTCORE подчинение Гегая Here, **hand** is a metaphor meaning power, control, or authority. As the overseer of the women, Hegai was responsible for the young women who lived in the harem for virgins. Alternate translation: “under the custody of Hegai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 2 3 d754 figs-activepassive אֶל־יַ֥ד הֵגֶ֛א סְרִ֥יס הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים 1 в подчинение Гегая — царского евнуха, смотрителя женщин This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let Hegai, the king’s official, who is in charge of the women, take care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 3 jd49 figs-metaphor יַ֥ד הֵגֶ֛א 1 в подчинение Гегая Here, **hand** is a metaphor meaning power, control, or authority. As the overseer of the women, Hegai was responsible for the young women who lived in the harem for virgins. Alternate translation: “under the custody of Hegai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 2 3 lf71 translate-names הֵגֶ֛א 1 Гегая This is a man’s name. It occurs several times in this chapter. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 2 3 jd51 figs-123person סְרִ֥יס הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 царского евнуха The servants spoke to the king in third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “your eunuch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 2 3 agk7 translate-unknown סְרִ֥יס 1 евнуха INTCORE притиранья See how you translated this term in 1:10. Alternate translation: “the official of” or “the administrator of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 3 agk7 translate-unknown סְרִ֥יס 1 евнуха See how you translated this term in 1:10. Alternate translation: “the official of” or “the administrator of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 3 agk9 שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים 1 смотрителя женщин Alternate translation: “who is in charge of the women who live there.”
EST 2 3 w1ly translate-unknown תַּמְרוּקֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 им притиранья INTCORE притиранья This term seems to refer to a specific substance that women would put on their face or other parts of their body to make themselves more beautiful. From verse 12, it appears to mean lotions that were used along with oils and perfumes. But here, this one aspect of a woman’s beauty treatment seems to be used to refer to all of it, so you could call these “beauty treatments.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 3 w1ly translate-unknown תַּמְרוּקֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 им притиранья This term seems to refer to a specific substance that women would put on their face or other parts of their body to make themselves more beautiful. From verse 12, it appears to mean lotions that were used along with oils and perfumes. But here, this one aspect of a woman’s beauty treatment seems to be used to refer to all of it, so you could call these “beauty treatments.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 4 jd53 figs-123person וְ⁠הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תִּיטַב֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 и девушка, которая будет хороша в глазах царя Слуги обращаются к царю в третьем лице для выражения почтения. Можно сказать: "которая тебе понравится" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 2 4 lh3n figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י 1 в глазах Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus could decide which young woman he liked the best and make her queen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 2 4 jd55 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 И хорошо было это слово в глазах царя Here, **eyes** have the same figurative meaning. The phrase indicates that King Ahasuerus thought that this suggestion was a good idea. Alternate translation: “The king found their suggestion appealing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -173,11 +173,11 @@ EST 2 5 zxc3 translate-names מָרְדֳּכַ֗י 1 Мардохей This is a
EST 2 5 q2rz translate-names בֶּ֣ן יָאִ֧יר בֶּן־שִׁמְעִ֛י בֶּן־קִ֖ישׁ 1 сын Иаира, сын Семея, сын Киса These are men’s names. Jair, Shimei, and Kish are Mordecai’s male ancestors. You could say, “Mordecai was the son of Jair, who was the son of Shimei, who was the son of Kish,” or see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 2 5 kw5t אִ֥ישׁ יְמִינִֽי 1 вениамитянин While this likely refers to Kish, it is necessarily also true of Mordecai, and you could put it second in the verse. That way Mordecai’s nationality would come first, then his tribe, and then his family and clan. Alternate translation: “from the tribe of Benjamin”
EST 2 6 zxc5 writing-background אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָגְלָה֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלַ֔יִם עִם־הַ⁠גֹּלָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָגְלְתָ֔ה עִ֖ם יְכָנְיָ֣ה מֶֽלֶךְ־יְהוּדָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֶגְלָ֔ה נְבוּכַדְנֶאצַּ֖ר מֶ֥לֶךְ בָּבֶֽל 1 который был переселён из Иерусалима с пленниками, которые были переселены с Иехонией, царём Иуды, которых переселил Навуходоносор, царь Вавилона Здесь говорится о том, как Мардохей оказался в Сузах. Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "Навуходоносор - царь Вавилона - переселил его вместе с другими пленниками, выведенными с иудейским царём Иехонией" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 2 6 z7fe figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָגְלָה֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלַ֔יִם 1 который был переселён из Иерусалима INTCORE который был переселён из Иерусалим В оригинальном тексте неясно, о ком именно идёт речь. Возможно, имеется в виду Кис - прадед Мардохея. Если здесь говорится о Мардохее, тогда ко времени воцарения Есфири он должен был быть очень стар. Многие современные версии не дают никаких пояснений, однако в некоторых из них, в том числе и в английской UDB предполагается, что речь всё-таки идёт о Мардохее, переселённом из Иерусалима.[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 6 z7fe figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָגְלָה֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלַ֔יִם 1 который был переселён из Иерусалима В оригинальном тексте неясно, о ком именно идёт речь. Возможно, имеется в виду Кис - прадед Мардохея. Если здесь говорится о Мардохее, тогда ко времени воцарения Есфири он должен был быть очень стар. Многие современные версии не дают никаких пояснений, однако в некоторых из них, в том числе и в английской UDB предполагается, что речь всё-таки идёт о Мардохее, переселённом из Иерусалима.[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 6 egm7 writing-background אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָגְלָה֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלַ֔יִם 1 который был переселён из Иерусалима You can bring this information forward from later in the verse because it provides background information that helps identify Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 2 6 zxc7 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָגְלָה֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלַ֔יִם 1 который был переселён из Иерусалима If it would be clearer in your language, you could say where King Nebuchadnezzar brought the people that he took away from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “had taken Kish away from Jerusalem … and brought him to Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 6 zxc9 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous עִ֖ם 1 с This means that the two things happened at the same time. You can indicate this with a phrase like “at the same time that he took.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
EST 2 6 ch1t translate-names יְכָנְיָ֣ה מֶֽלֶךְ־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 Иехонией, царём Иуды INTCORE Иехонией, царём Иуды, In the historical passage where this event is described (2 Kings 24:8–17), this king is called Jehoiachin. That was another name by which he was known. You can call him Jehoiachin here in Esther if you think that would help your readers recognize him better. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 2 6 ch1t translate-names יְכָנְיָ֣ה מֶֽלֶךְ־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 Иехонией, царём Иуды In the historical passage where this event is described (2 Kings 24:8–17), this king is called Jehoiachin. That was another name by which he was known. You can call him Jehoiachin here in Esther if you think that would help your readers recognize him better. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 2 6 zxv1 translate-names אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֶגְלָ֔ה נְבוּכַדְנֶאצַּ֖ר מֶ֥לֶךְ בָּבֶֽל 1 которых переселил Навуходоносор, царь Вавилона You can say where King Nebuchadnezzar brought this king when he took him away from Jerusalem. For example, you can say, “Nebuchadnezzar … took King Jehoiachin of Judah away from Jerusalem and brought him to Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 2 7 zxv3 וַ⁠יְהִ֨י 1 И он был The story now returns to talking about Mordecai. If it is helpful for your readers, you can specify his name, saying, “Now, Mordecai.”
EST 2 7 hfm9 בַּת־דֹּד֔⁠וֹ 1 дочь его дяди If your language has a specific term for this relationship, you can use it. For example, you can say, “his cousin.” Alternate translation: “his uncle’s daughter”
@ -192,9 +192,9 @@ EST 2 8 zcv3 figs-activepassive בְּ⁠הִשָּׁמַ֤ע דְּבַר־הַ
EST 2 8 c52i דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 приказ царя This refers to King Ahasuerus banishing Queen Vashti from his presence.
EST 2 8 zcv5 וְ⁠דָת֔⁠וֹ 1 и его указание This refers to King Ahasuerus commanding that men would have complete authority over their wives.
EST 2 8 zcv7 figs-explicit בְּ⁠הִשָּׁמַ֤ע 1 когда объявили You could also say where they did this action. Alternate translation: “Messengers went throughout the empire and proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 8 m3ld figs-activepassive וּֽ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֞ץ נְעָר֥וֹת רַבּ֛וֹת 1 и когда были собраны многие девушки INTCORE тогда взяли You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 8 m3ld figs-activepassive וּֽ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֞ץ נְעָר֥וֹת רַבּ֛וֹת 1 и когда были собраны многие девушки You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 8 jd65 translate-unknown שׁוּשַׁ֥ן הַ⁠בִּירָ֖ה 1 Сузы, крепость Here again, this likely means “the capital city of Susa.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 8 mbk1 figs-metaphor אֶל־יַ֣ד הֵגָ֑י 1 в подчинение Гегая INTCORE в подчинение Гегая, смотрителя женщин Here, **hand** is a metaphor meaning power, control, or authority. As the overseer of the women, Hegai was responsible for the women in the harem for virgins. You could say that the officers “put them under the custody of Hegai” or that “Hegai began to take care of them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 2 8 mbk1 figs-metaphor אֶל־יַ֣ד הֵגָ֑י 1 в подчинение Гегая Here, **hand** is a metaphor meaning power, control, or authority. As the overseer of the women, Hegai was responsible for the women in the harem for virgins. You could say that the officers “put them under the custody of Hegai” or that “Hegai began to take care of them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 2 8 zcv9 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠הִשָּׁמַ֤ע…וּֽ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֞ץ…וַ⁠תִּלָּקַ֤ח 1 И было: когда объявили… и когда были собраны… тогда взяли This means that Esther was brought to the harem of King Ahaserus at the same time as other young women were also being brought to the harem. You can say, “they brought Esther at the same time” or “they also brought Esther.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
EST 2 8 n3zc figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּלָּקַ֤ח 1 тогда взяли You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they brought Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 8 zcb1 figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּלָּקַ֤ח 1 тогда взяли You can explain why this happened. For example, you can say, “Because Esther was exceptionally attractive, the officers also brought her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -221,22 +221,22 @@ EST 2 11 jd83 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י חֲצַ֣ר 1 ко двору H
EST 2 11 abd2 בֵּית־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים 1 дома женщин Alternate translation: “the harem for virgins”
EST 2 11 abd3 grammar-connect-logic-result לָ⁠דַ֨עַת֙ אֶת־שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּ⁠מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 чтобы узнать о здоровье Есфири и о том, что с ней происходит This is background information that explains why Mordecai would walk around in front of the courtyard. It was so that he could ask people who were going into or coming out of the courtyard how Esther was doing. You can place this first in the verse because it explains the rest of what is said, if that would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 2 11 nz1p שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר 1 здоровье Есфири Alternate translation: “how Esther was doing” or “about Esther’s well-being”
EST 2 11 abd4 figs-parallelism שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּ⁠מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 здоровье Есфири и о том, что с ней происходит INTCORE о здоровье Есфири и о том, что с ней происходит These two phrases mean similar things. The story is using the repetition to emphasize how concerned Mordecai was for Esther. You could combine them and say, “how Esther was doing” or “if Esther was all right.”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 2 11 abd4 figs-parallelism שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּ⁠מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 здоровье Есфири и о том, что с ней происходит These two phrases mean similar things. The story is using the repetition to emphasize how concerned Mordecai was for Esther. You could combine them and say, “how Esther was doing” or “if Esther was all right.”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 2 12 jcj8 writing-background וּ⁠בְ⁠הַגִּ֡יעַ 1 И когда наступала Verses 12 to 14 are background information about how the virgins who were gathered for the king became his concubines. These verses are not specifically about Esther, but about the women in general. Use your language’s way of letting your readers know that this is background information by using a connecting word or a phrase such as, “This is how virgins became concubines for the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 2 12 jd85 figs-idiom נַעֲרָ֨ה וְ⁠נַעֲרָ֜ה 1 каждой девушки Alternate translation: “each one of the young women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 2 12 abd5 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠הַגִּ֡יעַ תֹּר֩…לָ⁠ב֣וֹא ׀ אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ 1 И когда наступала очередь… входить к царю Артаксерксу INTCORE И когда наступала очередь Each of these young women was going to have sexual relations with the king and, as a result, legally become one of his concubines, that is, one of his secondary wives. As the story has already explained, he would then choose one of them to become his queen and primary wife. But the king would still provide for each of the concubines for the rest of her life; they would not be free to marry anyone else. This is something that the story’s original audience would have understood implicitly. You can say it explicitly if your readers need this information to understand the story: “Each young woman in the harem, one at a time, was going to have sexual relations with King Ahasuerus and become one of his concubines” or “one of his secondary wives.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 12 abd5 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠הַגִּ֡יעַ תֹּר֩…לָ⁠ב֣וֹא ׀ אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ 1 И когда наступала очередь… входить к царю Артаксерксу Each of these young women was going to have sexual relations with the king and, as a result, legally become one of his concubines, that is, one of his secondary wives. As the story has already explained, he would then choose one of them to become his queen and primary wife. But the king would still provide for each of the concubines for the rest of her life; they would not be free to marry anyone else. This is something that the story’s original audience would have understood implicitly. You can say it explicitly if your readers need this information to understand the story: “Each young woman in the harem, one at a time, was going to have sexual relations with King Ahasuerus and become one of his concubines” or “one of his secondary wives.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 12 p7i5 translate-unknown כְּ⁠דָ֤ת הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ 1 установления для женщин Here, **law** probably does not mean a legal decree, but rather a standard regimen that had been developed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 12 abd7 writing-background כִּ֛י כֵּ֥ן יִמְלְא֖וּ יְמֵ֣י מְרוּקֵי⁠הֶ֑ן 1 ведь так исполнялись дни их притиранья This phrase indicates that the story is now going to provide background information on how these treatments were done. It means, “This is how these women would spend the time preparing to go to the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 2 12 abd8 figs-explicit שִׁשָּׁ֤ה חֳדָשִׁים֙ בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מֹּ֔ר 1 шесть месяцев маслом мирра This means that a woman’s attendants would rub her body with olive oil mixed with myrrh every day for six months. You can explain this in more detail if your readers need this information to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 12 abd9 בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מֹּ֔ר 1 маслом мирра This likely means “olive oil mixed with myrrh.”
EST 2 12 zhd1 translate-unknown וּ⁠בְ⁠תַמְרוּקֵ֖י הַ⁠נָּשִֽׁים 1 и женскими притираньями This means lotions designed for women. In 2:3 and 2:9, this one specific part of the program seems to be used figuratively to mean all of it, and so in those verses it can be translated “beauty treatments.” But it should be translated with a specific term or phrase here, such as “women’s lotions” or “feminine ointments” because it is named along with oils and perfumes as one component of the treatment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 13 abd0 וּ⁠בָ⁠זֶ֕ה 1 и тогда Alternate translation: “after a woman’s year of beauty treatments was completed”
EST 2 13 abe0 figs-explicit הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֖ה בָּאָ֣ה אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 девушка входила к царю INTCORE Всё, что она требовала, давалось ей This means that the young woman would go and have sexual relations with the king and thereby become one of his concubines. If your readers need this information to understand the story, you could explain that here, if you did not do so in verse 12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 13 abe0 figs-explicit הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֖ה בָּאָ֣ה אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 девушка входила к царю This means that the young woman would go and have sexual relations with the king and thereby become one of his concubines. If your readers need this information to understand the story, you could explain that here, if you did not do so in verse 12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 13 abe1 figs-explicit כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאמַ֜ר יִנָּ֤תֵֽן לָ⁠הּ֙ 1 Всё, что она требовала, давалось ей **Anything** most likely refers to clothing and jewelry. This phrase probably means that a woman could take any of those that she wanted from the harem for virgins and wear them when she went to the king’s palace. You could say that explicitly by saying, “A young woman could take whatever clothing and jewelry she wanted from the harem for virgins and wear them when she went to the king’s palace.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 13 v133 figs-activepassive כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאמַ֜ר יִנָּ֤תֵֽן לָ⁠הּ֙ 1 Всё, что она требовала, давалось ей You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she could take whatever she wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 13 abe3 בֵּ֥ית הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 дом царя Alternate translation: “the king’s rooms” or “the king’s house” or “the king’s palace”
EST 2 14 abe4 figs-explicit הִ֣יא בָאָ֗ה 1 она входила INTCORE наложниц She would not walk over on her own. Rather, the king’s servants would come and bring her to the king’s private quarters, in the way that they were told to bring Vashti to the banquet in [1:11](../01/11.md). You can say this explicitly if it would help your readers to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 14 ded5 figs-explicit וּ֠⁠בַ⁠בֹּקֶר הִ֣יא שָׁבָ֞ה 1 а утром она возвращалась INTCORE наложниц It is implied that this is the following morning. This information can be made clear. Once again, she would not go on her own. Alternate translation: “the next morning the king’s servants would bring her to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 14 abe4 figs-explicit הִ֣יא בָאָ֗ה 1 она входила She would not walk over on her own. Rather, the king’s servants would come and bring her to the king’s private quarters, in the way that they were told to bring Vashti to the banquet in [1:11](../01/11.md). You can say this explicitly if it would help your readers to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 14 ded5 figs-explicit וּ֠⁠בַ⁠בֹּקֶר הִ֣יא שָׁבָ֞ה 1 а утром она возвращалась It is implied that this is the following morning. This information can be made clear. Once again, she would not go on her own. Alternate translation: “the next morning the king’s servants would bring her to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 14 lq9h translate-ordinal בֵּ֤ית הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ שֵׁנִ֔י 1 другой дом женщин Alternate translations: “a different house for women” or “the harem for concubines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 2 14 yw63 אֶל־יַ֧ד שַֽׁעֲשְׁגַ֛ז סְרִ֥יס הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠פִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים 1 к рукам Шаазгаза, евнуха царя, смотрителя наложниц Alternate translation: “where Shaashgaz, the king’s servant in charge of the concubines, would take care of her”
EST 2 14 ze74 figs-metaphor אֶל־יַ֧ד שַֽׁעֲשְׁגַ֛ז סְרִ֥יס הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠פִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים 1 к рукам Шаазгаза, евнуха царя, смотрителя наложниц Here, **hand** is a metaphor meaning power, control, or authority. Just as Hegai was the overseer of the virgins, Shaashgaz was the overseer of the concubines, so he would be the one responsible for Esther while she was in the harem for concubines. Alternate translation: “under the custody of Shaashgaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -247,14 +247,14 @@ EST 2 14 abe7 figs-explicit הַ⁠פִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים 1 наложн
EST 2 14 abe8 לֹא־תָב֥וֹא עוֹד֙ אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Она больше не входила к царю Alternate translation: “She would not go and see the king again.” In verse 12, the Note mentioned that “go to the king” meant “have sexual relations with the king.” But for this occurrence of the expression, it is appropriate to use a more general phrase such as “visit the king” because there could be other, more social reasons for a further visit. The woman would now be a secondary wife, and the king would only send for her if he decided that he enjoyed being with her.
EST 2 14 abe9 חָפֵ֥ץ בָּ֛⁠הּ 1 желал её This means that he “had enjoyed being with her” or that she “had pleased the king very much.”
EST 2 14 abf0 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִקְרְאָ֥ה בְ⁠שֵֽׁם 1 и её вызывали по имени You can say this with an active form. For example, you can say, “and the king asked for her by name” or “and called for her by name.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 15 fiy8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠בְ⁠הַגִּ֣יעַ תֹּר־אֶסְתֵּ֣ר…לָ⁠ב֣וֹא אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 И когда настала очередь Есфири… идти к царю INTCORE И приобрела Есфирь расположение в глазах всех видящих её The story resumes here after the background information that was provided in verses 12-14 about what the women in the harem did when they became concubines of the king. A contrast is being drawn. A young woman could take any clothing and jewelry she wanted from the harem. But Esther only asked for what Hegai recommended. So it would be good to introduce this episode with a word such as “but,” which draws a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EST 2 15 fiy8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠בְ⁠הַגִּ֣יעַ תֹּר־אֶסְתֵּ֣ר…לָ⁠ב֣וֹא אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 И когда настала очередь Есфири… идти к царю The story resumes here after the background information that was provided in verses 12-14 about what the women in the harem did when they became concubines of the king. A contrast is being drawn. A young woman could take any clothing and jewelry she wanted from the harem. But Esther only asked for what Hegai recommended. So it would be good to introduce this episode with a word such as “but,” which draws a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EST 2 15 jk51 figs-distinguish בַּת־אֲבִיחַ֣יִל דֹּ֣ד מָרְדֳּכַ֡י אֲשֶׁר֩ לָקַֽח־ל֨⁠וֹ לְ⁠בַ֜ת 1 дочери Абихаила, дяди Мардохея, который взял её к себе как дочь This background information reminds the reader who Esther was by describing her relationship to Mordecai. You could make this a separate sentence and move it later in the verse to keep from breaking up the flow of the first sentence about what Esther did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 2 15 mg8y translate-names אֲבִיחַ֣יִל 1 Абихаила Аминадав был отцом Есфири и дядей Мардохея (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 2 15 qx3u figs-doublenegatives לֹ֤א בִקְשָׁה֙ דָּבָ֔ר כִּ֠י אִ֣ם אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֹאמַ֛ר הֵגַ֥י 1 она не просила ничего, кроме того, о чём ей сказал Гегай INTCORE она не просила ничего, кроме того, о чём ей сказал Гегай, You can state this in a positive form by saying, “she asked only for.” Alternate translation: “she did not ask for anything else to wear except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EST 2 15 vw9r אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֹאמַ֛ר הֵגַ֥י 1 того, о чём ей сказал Гегай INTCORE о чём ей сказал Гегай Alternate translation: “what Hegai recommended” or “what Hegai suggested”
EST 2 15 abf1 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֹאמַ֛ר הֵגַ֥י 1 того, о чём ей сказал Гегай INTCORE о чём ей сказал Гегай As the king’s personal servant, **Hegai** would have known what kind of clothing and jewelry Ahasuerus found attractive on a woman. By following his advice, Esther showed that she trusted Hegai. This is implicit information that you can make explicit if it would help the reader to understand the story. You might say, for example, “Hegai knew the king’s preferences because he was his personal servant. Esther had come to trust Hegai and so she followed his advice.” This could go at the end of the verse or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 15 qx3u figs-doublenegatives לֹ֤א בִקְשָׁה֙ דָּבָ֔ר כִּ֠י אִ֣ם אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֹאמַ֛ר הֵגַ֥י 1 она не просила ничего, кроме того, о чём ей сказал Гегай You can state this in a positive form by saying, “she asked only for.” Alternate translation: “she did not ask for anything else to wear except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EST 2 15 vw9r אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֹאמַ֛ר הֵגַ֥י 1 того, о чём ей сказал Гегай Alternate translation: “what Hegai recommended” or “what Hegai suggested”
EST 2 15 abf1 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֹאמַ֛ר הֵגַ֥י 1 того, о чём ей сказал Гегай As the king’s personal servant, **Hegai** would have known what kind of clothing and jewelry Ahasuerus found attractive on a woman. By following his advice, Esther showed that she trusted Hegai. This is implicit information that you can make explicit if it would help the reader to understand the story. You might say, for example, “Hegai knew the king’s preferences because he was his personal servant. Esther had come to trust Hegai and so she followed his advice.” This could go at the end of the verse or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 15 abf2 figs-distinguish סְרִיס־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים 1 евнух царя, смотритель женщин This is saying that Hegai was the royal official responsible for the women in the harem for virgins. This is background information that reminds the reader who Hegai was by describing his responsibilities. You could also move this to the end of the verse and put it in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 2 15 abf3 translate-unknown סְרִיס־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 евнух царя INTCORE евнух царя, смотритель женщин See how you decided to translate the term **eunuch** in [1:10](../01/10.md). You could say “royal” for “of the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 15 abf3 translate-unknown סְרִיס־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 евнух царя See how you decided to translate the term **eunuch** in [1:10](../01/10.md). You could say “royal” for “of the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 15 z519 figs-idiom נֹשֵׂ֣את חֵ֔ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל־רֹאֶֽי⁠הָ 1 приобрела… расположение в глазах всех видящих её This is a rare expression in Hebrew, and the exact meaning is uncertain. In this context, the expression probably means that everyone who saw Esther dressed in the clothes she would wear for her visit to the king was very impressed with the way she looked. Alternate translation: “pleased all who saw her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 2 15 jd87 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י 1 в глазах Here, **eyes** is a metonym for seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. In this context, the phrase probably means that everyone who saw Esther thought that she was either an attractive woman or a pleasant person, or both. Alternate translation: “in the judgment of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 2 15 jd89 figs-gendernotations כָּל־רֹאֶֽי⁠הָ 1 всех видящих её This phrase can mean either **every man or every person who saw her**. Alternate translation: “every man who saw her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@ -291,13 +291,13 @@ EST 2 21 y2vl translate-names בִּגְתָ֨ן וָ⁠תֶ֜רֶשׁ 1 Гав
EST 2 21 abg9 translate-unknown שְׁנֵֽי־סָרִיסֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 два царских евнуха See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). For the phrase **of the king**, you can say “royal.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 21 abh0 מִ⁠שֹּׁמְרֵ֣י הַ⁠סַּ֔ף 1 из оберегавших порог In this case the men were not guardians of one of the harems but guardians of the king’s private rooms. You could say, “they guarded the doorway to the king’s private rooms” or “they protected the doorway to the king’s private quarters.”
EST 2 21 abh1 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְבַקְשׁוּ֙ 1 и задумали Here, **seeking** figuratively means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they were plotting” or “they wanted to find a way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 2 21 jd97 figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד 1 наложить руки INTCORE наложить руки Here the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing him. You could say, “they were planning to assassinate him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 2 21 jd97 figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד 1 наложить руки Here the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing him. You could say, “they were planning to assassinate him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 2 22 y7tv figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּוָּדַ֤ע הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 И стало известным это дело Мардохею You can say this with an active form, for example by saying, “Mordecai found out what they were planning.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 22 abh2 וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֑ה 1 и сообщил он Есфири, царице This means that he told Queen Esther about it somehow.
EST 2 22 dgp3 figs-idiom בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם מָרְדֳּכָֽי 1 от имени Мардохея This expression means that Esther passed the information along to King Ahasuerus on Mordecai’s behalf or that she told the king the information had come from Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 2 23 abh3 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יְבֻקַּ֤שׁ הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵ֔א וַ⁠יִּתָּל֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־עֵ֑ץ 1 И было расследовано это дело, и было обнаружено, и они оба были повешены на дереве Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "Царь расследовал это дело и, когда его подозрения подтвердились, он приказал своим слугам повесить преступников" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EST 2 23 ld4y figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְבֻקַּ֤שׁ הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵ֔א 1 И было расследовано это дело, и было обнаружено You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. For example, you can say, “Then the king’s servants investigated Mordecai’s report and found out that it was true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 23 abh4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּתָּל֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־עֵ֑ץ 1 и они оба были повешены на дереве INTCORE и это было записано You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the king ordered his servants to impale those two men on wooden poles” or “the king ordered his servants to hang those two men on a gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 23 abh4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּתָּל֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־עֵ֑ץ 1 и они оба были повешены на дереве You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the king ordered his servants to impale those two men on wooden poles” or “the king ordered his servants to hang those two men on a gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 23 y28j translate-unknown עַל־עֵ֑ץ 1 на дереве Here, **tree** could mean a live tree or anything that is made from a tree, meaning that is made of wood. This could be any kind of pole or wooden structure that would be used to suspend someone above the ground and could be used as a means of killing the person or to display the person’s body after the person is dead. This might mean: (1) by hanging them from it with a rope tied around the neck, or (2) by impaling them on it, that is, by sticking a sharp point on one end of a pole through their body. You could translate this as “a wooden pole” or “a gallows.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 23 g9nh figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֗ב 1 и это было записано You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “The king’s scribes recorded an account of this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 23 abh5 figs-idiom בְּ⁠סֵ֛פֶר דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ים 1 в книгу хроники дней This is an idiom that describes a regular record of the events in a king’s reign. You could call this “the royal chronicles.” Alternate translation: “the daily record book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -314,12 +314,12 @@ EST 3 1 ptm4 figs-idiom כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ 1 его трон Here, **seat of
EST 3 1 abi1 figs-abstractnouns כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ 1 его трон You can translate the abstract noun “authority” by using a concrete noun for this whole phrase. For example, you can say, “his position.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 3 1 abi2 מֵ⁠עַ֕ל כָּל־הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 над всеми правителями, которые были с ним **Him** in this phrase may refer to the king. You could say that “the king promoted him above his other officials” or “gave him more authority than all of his other officials” or that “Haman became more important than all of his other officials.”
EST 3 2 abi3 figs-metonymy וְ⁠כָל־עַבְדֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 И все слуги царя, которые у ворот царя Here, the **gate of the king**, probably the entrance to the citadel, may figuratively represent the citadel itself, the place where these people served the king. The citadel, in turn, would represent everyone who served the king. So you could say just “all the king’s other servants.” However, this may also be a reference to the specific group of officials who were stationed at the gate, the way Mordecai was. Alternate translation: “the royal officials who were stationed at the palace gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 3 2 abi4 figs-explicit וְ⁠כָל־עַבְדֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ…כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ לְ⁠הָמָ֔ן 1 И все слуги царя… кланялись и падали ниц перед Аманом INTCORE И все слуги царя… кланялись и падали ниц перед Аманом The servants were required to do this as a way of honoring him whenever Haman walked by. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 2 abi4 figs-explicit וְ⁠כָל־עַבְדֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ…כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ לְ⁠הָמָ֔ן 1 И все слуги царя… кланялись и падали ниц перед Аманом The servants were required to do this as a way of honoring him whenever Haman walked by. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 2 e25k translate-symaction כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ 1 кланялись и падали ниц This means that the other officials humbled themselves and lay flat on the ground before Haman. These actions represented recognition and respect for the very high position that the king had given him in the Persian government. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 3 2 abi5 figs-doublet כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ 1 кланялись и падали ниц These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the officials knew how important it was to obey the king’s command and honor Haman in this way. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “bow down all the way to the ground.” Alternate translation: “bowing and lying down on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 3 2 fg8v וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ 1 и падали ниц This means bowing down all the way to the ground.
EST 3 2 jd99 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־כֵ֖ן צִוָּה־ל֣⁠וֹ 1 потому что так приказал о нём If that would be clearer in your language, you can put this information first in the verse because it explains the reason why all the other officials were bowing to Haman. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 3 2 abi6 figs-explicit כִּי־כֵ֖ן צִוָּה־ל֣⁠וֹ 1 потому что так приказал о нём INTCORE А Мардохей не кланялся и не падал ниц The king did this as a sign of Haman’s new position. You can state this here or in a separate sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the king had commanded them to do this in order to show that he had given Haman such a high position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 2 abi6 figs-explicit כִּי־כֵ֖ן צִוָּה־ל֣⁠וֹ 1 потому что так приказал о нём The king did this as a sign of Haman’s new position. You can state this here or in a separate sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the king had commanded them to do this in order to show that he had given Haman such a high position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 2 abi7 figs-parallelism וּ⁠מָ֨רְדֳּכַ֔י לֹ֥א יִכְרַ֖ע וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶֽה 1 А Мардохей не кланялся и не падал ниц These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how serious an offense this was against the king’s command and how much determination it took for Mordecai to remain standing. You could combine these phrases as UST does and say, “But Mordecai refused to bow down to Haman.” Alternate translation: “Mordecai did not bow down or lie on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 3 2 abi8 figs-explicit וּ⁠מָ֨רְדֳּכַ֔י לֹ֥א יִכְרַ֖ע וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶֽה 1 А Мардохей не кланялся и не падал ниц It appears that as a Jew, Mordecai considered it wrong to worship anyone other than Yahweh, and that he believed he would be worshiping Haman if he bowed down low to the ground to honor him. So, on religious grounds, Mordecai refused to bow down. You can say this explicitly if it would make your translation clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 3 abi9 עַבְדֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 слуги царя, которые у ворот царя See how you translated this expression at the beginning of [3:2](../03/02.md).
@ -327,11 +327,11 @@ EST 3 3 abj0 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמְר֜וּ…לְ⁠מָרְדֳּ
EST 3 3 abj1 מַדּ֨וּעַ֙ אַתָּ֣ה עוֹבֵ֔ר אֵ֖ת מִצְוַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Почему ты нарушаешь приказ царя Alternative translation: “why are you disobeying the king’s command” or “why are you not obeying what the king commanded”
EST 3 4 jd3r figs-explicit ב⁠אמר⁠ם אֵלָי⁠ו֙ 1 когда они говорили ему This means that they spoke to him about not bowing down. Specifically, they warned him that he would be severely punished if he kept disobeying the king and not honoring his highest official. You can say that explicitly if it would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 4 jd1r figs-idiom י֣וֹם וָ⁠י֔וֹם 1 изо дня в день This expression means “every day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 4 abj2 figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֗י ב⁠אמר⁠ם אֵלָי⁠ו֙…וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁמַ֖ע אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 И было: когда они говорили ему… а он не слушал их INTCORE изо дня в день Here, **he did not listen** means he did not heed their warning or he did not do what they said. Mordecai heard them, but he did not do what they advised him to do. This means that even though the other officials questioned him and probably warned him, he still refused to bow down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 4 abj2 figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֗י ב⁠אמר⁠ם אֵלָי⁠ו֙…וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁמַ֖ע אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 И было: когда они говорили ему… а он не слушал их Here, **he did not listen** means he did not heed their warning or he did not do what they said. Mordecai heard them, but he did not do what they advised him to do. This means that even though the other officials questioned him and probably warned him, he still refused to bow down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 4 uek4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣ידוּ לְ⁠הָמָ֗ן לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ הֲ⁠יַֽעַמְדוּ֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 то они донесли Аману, чтобы увидеть, устоят ли слова Мардохея In this context, **standing** figuratively means to survive a challenge, and **words** means the reasons that Mordecai gave for his actions. This phrase means that the other officials told Haman about it to see if he would tolerate it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 4 abj3 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥יד לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא יְהוּדִֽי 1 потому что он сказал им, что он иудей This is the answer that Mordecai gave the other officials when they asked him why he refused to bow down to Haman. If that would be clearer in your language, you can put it first in the verse because it explains everything that happens afterwards. Alternate translation: “Mordecai told them that he was a Jew, and that Jews would bow down only to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 3 4 abj4 figs-explicit כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥יד לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא יְהוּדִֽי 1 потому что он сказал им, что он иудей Mordecai’s explanation would have included the fact that Jews would only worship Yahweh. You could say that explicitly if that would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 5 abj5 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָמָ֔ן 1 И увидел Аман INTCORE и наполнился Аман гневом Here, **seeing** figuratively means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Haman learned about this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 5 abj5 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָמָ֔ן 1 И увидел Аман Here, **seeing** figuratively means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Haman learned about this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 5 njt5 figs-parallelism אֵ֣ין מָרְדֳּכַ֔י כֹּרֵ֥עַ וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה ל֑⁠וֹ 1 Мардохей не кланяется и не падает ниц перед ним These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how serious an offense this was. You could combine them as UST does and say, “Mordecai was refusing to bow down to him.” Alternate translation: “Mordecai would not bow down or lie on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 3 5 wk8p figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֥א הָמָ֖ן חֵמָֽה 1 и наполнился Аман гневом Here, **Haman’s rage** is spoken of as something that could fill him up. You could say that he was furious or extremely angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 6 k5h9 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּ֣בֶז בְּ⁠עֵינָ֗י⁠ו 1 И было ничтожным в его глазах You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Haman considered that it was not enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ EST 3 6 abk1 figs-doublet הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֛ים…עַ֥ם מָרְדּ
EST 3 7 zl12 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ 1 В первый месяц В 1-й месяц (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 3 7 wyv6 translate-hebrewmonths הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֔ן 1 то есть месяц Нисан **Nisan** is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 3 7 abk2 translate-unknown חֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֔ן 1 месяц Нисан As in [2:16](../02/16.md), you could convert the Hebrew month into an approximate time on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the dates will be different every year and the translation will not be quite accurate. So you may just want to give the Hebrew month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 3 7 tw99 translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁנַת֙ שְׁתֵּ֣ים עֶשְׂרֵ֔ה לַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 в двенадцатый год царя Артаксеркса INTCORE на двенадцатый Alternate translations: “during the twelfth year of the reign of Ahasuerus as king of Persia” or “when King Ahasuerus had reigned for about twelve years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 3 7 tw99 translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁנַת֙ שְׁתֵּ֣ים עֶשְׂרֵ֔ה לַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 в двенадцатый год царя Артаксеркса Alternate translations: “during the twelfth year of the reign of Ahasuerus as king of Persia” or “when King Ahasuerus had reigned for about twelve years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 3 7 g4lt translate-names הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩ ה֨וּא הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֜ל 1 бросали пур, то есть жребий The storyteller is giving both the Persian and the Hebrew name because this is the story behind the Festival of Purim, which takes its name from “Pur.” So this is not repetition for emphasis. You can put in the Persian name and the word for “lot” in your own language to show that the storyteller is doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 3 7 abk3 translate-unknown הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֜ל 1 жребий A **lot** was an object with different markings on various sides that was used, most likely by dropping it on the ground, to select a specific time for doing something. The belief was that God or the gods would control which way the object fell, thus guiding the selection process and granting favor to the action if it were done on the date chosen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 3 7 abk4 figs-activepassive הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩ 1 бросали пур You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “Haman had his servants cast a Pur.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -369,10 +369,10 @@ EST 3 8 bf9g וְ⁠לַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֵין־שֹׁוֶ֖ה לְ⁠ה
EST 3 8 j19r figs-123person וְ⁠לַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ 1 и царю Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You could express the same meaning in the second person by saying, “not good for you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 3 9 abl1 figs-123person אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב 1 Если угодно царю Haman speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 3 9 abl2 figs-idiom אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב 1 Если угодно царю See how you decided to translate this idiom in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “if it seems like a good idea to you, O king” or “if the king thinks this is a good idea” or “if this advice is pleasing to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 9 abl3 figs-activepassive יִכָּתֵ֖ב 1 то пусть будет предписано INTCORE пусть будет предписано You can say this with an active form, and you can say who would do the action. For example, you can say, “the king could write a decree” or “you could write a decree.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 9 abl3 figs-activepassive יִכָּתֵ֖ב 1 то пусть будет предписано You can say this with an active form, and you can say who would do the action. For example, you can say, “the king could write a decree” or “you could write a decree.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 9 abl4 לְ⁠אַבְּדָ֑⁠ם 1 истребить их This means that the decree would say that all the Jews should be killed.
EST 3 9 eh3w figs-idiom אֶשְׁקוֹל֙ עַל־יְדֵי֙ עֹשֵׂ֣י הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֔ה 1 я отвешу… в руки исполняющих эту работу В руки служащих - значит "исполнителям приказа". "Дам" - то есть "заплачу". Альтернативный перевод: "я заплачу исполнителям твоего приказа десять тысяч талантов серебра" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 9 lhv5 translate-bmoney וַ⁠עֲשֶׂ֨רֶת אֲלָפִ֜ים כִּכַּר־כֶּ֗סֶף 1 и… десять тысяч талантов серебра INTCORE тысяч талантов серебра This would be worth over $300 million at current prices in 2020. But since prices vary over time, if you expressed the value in modern measurements, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate. Instead you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the talent, and explain in a note that a talent was equivalent to about 30 kilograms. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the silver in the text, as UST does in metric tons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
EST 3 9 lhv5 translate-bmoney וַ⁠עֲשֶׂ֨רֶת אֲלָפִ֜ים כִּכַּר־כֶּ֗סֶף 1 и… десять тысяч талантов серебра This would be worth over $300 million at current prices in 2020. But since prices vary over time, if you expressed the value in modern measurements, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate. Instead you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the talent, and explain in a note that a talent was equivalent to about 30 kilograms. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the silver in the text, as UST does in metric tons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
EST 3 9 vm59 figs-hyperbole אֲלָפִ֜ים כִּכַּר־כֶּ֗סֶף 1 тысяч талантов серебра The **talent** was the largest unit of money and **10,000** was the largest number in the counting system of the time. It is possible that Haman used these terms to represent a very large, but not precise, amount. Alternate translation: “a huge amount of silver” or “enormous amounts of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EST 3 9 abl5 עֹשֵׂ֣י הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֔ה 1 исполняющих эту работу This could mean: (1) those who work for the king in general (administrators) or (2) more specifically the officers whom Ahasuerus would send around the empire to organize the killing of the Jews.
EST 3 9 abl7 figs-123person גִּנְזֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 казну царя Haman speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. You could also have him speak of “your royal treasuries.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -382,25 +382,25 @@ EST 3 10 c9md translate-unknown טַבַּעְתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 свой перс
EST 3 10 abm0 בֶּֽן־הַמְּדָ֛תָא הָ⁠אֲגָגִ֖י 1 сыну Амадафа, вугеянину This information about Haman’s identity is repeated to stress that the king giving him the signet ring was an official legal act that transferred power to him. (In the same way, legal documents today often use a person’s full name and other identifying information.) If you repeat this information in your own translation, your readers should see this significance.
EST 3 10 abm1 figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֥ר הַ⁠יְּהוּדִֽים 1 врагу иудеев This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. It means that he had become “the enemy of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 3 11 sz4b figs-activepassive הַ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף נָת֣וּן לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 Будет дано тебе серебро Значение данной фразы не совсем ясно. Возможные значения: 1) "я возвращаю тебе твоё серебро"; 2) "возьми деньги и поступи так, как считаешь нужным" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 11 abm2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֕ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת בּ֖⁠וֹ כַּ⁠טּ֥וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 и этот народ, чтобы сделать с ним то, что хорошо в твоих глазах INTCORE и этот народ, чтобы сделать с ним то, что хорошо в твоих глазах». Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The king is telling Haman that **he can do whatever he wants to the Jews**. Alternate translation: “you can do to the Jews as you see fit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 11 abm2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֕ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת בּ֖⁠וֹ כַּ⁠טּ֥וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 и этот народ, чтобы сделать с ним то, что хорошо в твоих глазах Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The king is telling Haman that **he can do whatever he wants to the Jews**. Alternate translation: “you can do to the Jews as you see fit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 12 hx6c figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּקָּרְאוּ֩ סֹפְרֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 И были созваны писари царя Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "царь созвал писарей, и они записали указ Амана" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 12 t6qa translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֣ר יוֹם֮ בּ⁠וֹ֒ 1 в первый месяц, в его тринадцатый день Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day of the first month” You can add “of that same year” to show that Haman did this right after Ahasuerus agreed to his plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 3 12 abm3 בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֣ר יוֹם֮ בּ⁠וֹ֒ 1 в первый месяц, в его тринадцатый день You can put this information first because it places the event within the timeline of the story.
EST 3 12 abm4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֣ב כְּֽ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה הָמָ֡ן 1 и было написано всё так, как приказал Аман INTCORE было написано… и скреплено перстнем царя Здесь можно употребиь действительный залог: "Они написали указ от имени Артаксеркса, и Аман запечатал его царским перстнем" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 12 abm4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֣ב כְּֽ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה הָמָ֡ן 1 и было написано всё так, как приказал Аман Здесь можно употребиь действительный залог: "Они написали указ от имени Артаксеркса, и Аман запечатал его царским перстнем" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 12 abm5 translate-unknown אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנֵֽי־הַ֠⁠מֶּלֶךְ 1 сатрапам царя This seems to mean the officials of the king who served in the palace in the capital city, since they are distinguished from the provincial governors and the leaders of the people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 3 12 j23r figs-idiom מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֗ה 1 каждой областью This expression means every province**.** See how you translated this in 1:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 12 abm7 שָׂ֤רֵי עַם֙ וָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 правителям каждого народа Alternate translation: “the leaders of each people group”
EST 3 12 j25r figs-idiom עַם֙ וָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 каждого народа INTCORE каждому народу на его языке This expression means every people group**.** See how you translated this in [1:22](../01/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 12 j25r figs-idiom עַם֙ וָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 каждого народа This expression means every people group**.** See how you translated this in [1:22](../01/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 12 j27r figs-idiom מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙ כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֔⁠הּ 1 каждой области на её письменности See how you translated this in [1:22](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “to each province using its own alphabet” or “written in its own script” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 12 abm8 figs-explicit מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙ כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֔⁠הּ 1 каждой области на её письменности The implication is that the scribes translated the letter and sent it to each province using its own alphabet. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 12 j31r figs-idiom וְ⁠עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָ֖ם כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 и каждому народу на его языке INTCORE каждому народу на его языке See how you translated this expression in [1:22](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “and to each people group in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 12 j31r figs-idiom וְ⁠עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָ֖ם כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 и каждому народу на его языке See how you translated this expression in [1:22](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “and to each people group in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 12 j33r figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 на его языке Here, **tongue** is a metonym meaning the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “according to its language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 3 12 abm9 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שֵׁ֨ם הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֹשׁ֙ נִכְתָּ֔ב 1 было написано от имени царя Артаксеркса There are two possible meanings: (1) Here, **name** could mean the authority of the king. This would be saying that Haman’s letter had the same authority as it would have had if the king had sent it himself. Alternate translation: “Haman sent the letter under the king’s own authority” (2) However, this could also mean that Haman actually had the scribes sign the king’s name to the letter. Alternate translation: “they signed the king’s name at the end of the letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 12 lyf2 figs-activepassive נִכְתָּ֔ב וְ⁠נֶחְתָּ֖ם בְּ⁠טַבַּ֥עַת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 было написано… и скреплено перстнем царя You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to show that he was sending the letter under the king’s own authority, Haman sealed each copy of the letter with the ring that had the king’s official seal on it,” or “the scribes signed the king’s name at the end of the letters. Then they sealed the letters with wax, and stamped the wax by using the king’s ring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 13 hxx6 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשְׁל֨וֹחַ סְפָרִ֜ים 1 И были отправлены письма Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "Гонцы доставили послание" или "гонцы передали указ" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 13 j34r figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יַ֣ד הָ⁠רָצִים֮ 1 руками посланников Here, **hand** could mean two different things: (1) It could literally mean “hand,” meaning that the couriers carried the letters in their hands. Alternate translation: “couriers hand-delivered the documents” (2) “Hand” could also be a metaphor for power, control, or authority, meaning that couriers were the ones who delivered the letters to all the provinces throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “couriers gave the documents directly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 13 abn0 figs-metonymy אֶל־כָּל־מְדִינ֣וֹת הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 во все области царя Haman did not send the letters to the provinces (the geographical territories) themselves. Rather, he sent them to the officials in every province in the empire. The story is using the word “province” to refer figuratively to these officials by something associated with them, the territories they ruled. Your translation should make clear that the letters were sent to people, not places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 3 13 xs6g figs-doublet לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֡יד לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֣ד 1 чтобы уничтожить, убить и истребить INTCORE уничтожить, убить и истребить These words mean the same thing. They are used together to emphasize the completeness of the destruction that is envisioned. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “completely destroy.” (A “doublet” can use more than two words. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 3 13 xs6g figs-doublet לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֡יד לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֣ד 1 чтобы уничтожить, убить и истребить These words mean the same thing. They are used together to emphasize the completeness of the destruction that is envisioned. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “completely destroy.” (A “doublet” can use more than two words. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 3 13 abn1 figs-merism מִ⁠נַּ֨עַר וְ⁠עַד־זָקֵ֜ן 1 от малого и до старого This is a figure of speech that figuratively describes all of something by naming two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between. You could express its meaning as UST does and say something like “every single one of them.” Alternate translation: “including young people and old people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 3 13 abn2 טַ֤ף וְ⁠נָשִׁים֙ 1 детей и женщин Alternate translation: “including the children and the women”
EST 3 13 j35r translate-numbers בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד 1 в один день Alternate translation: “on a single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -409,9 +409,9 @@ EST 3 13 g5br translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר 1
EST 3 13 j36r translate-ordinal לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר 1 месяца двенадцатого Alternate translation: “of month twelve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 3 13 i5ur translate-hebrewmonths הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֑ר 1 то есть месяца Адара This is the name of the twelfth month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you decided in 2:16 and 3:7 to express dates that the story gives according to the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 3 13 pbp1 וּ⁠שְׁלָלָ֖⁠ם לָ⁠בֽוֹז 1 и их имение разграбить This means that the letters also said that those who killed the Jews could take everything that belonged to them.
EST 3 14 tj7n figs-activepassive הַ⁠כְּתָ֗ב לְ⁠הִנָּ֤תֵֽן דָּת֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֔ה 1 письма будет передана указом во все области INTCORE будет передана указом во все области Можно уточнить: "Областные начальники должны были сделать копию приказа" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 14 tj7n figs-activepassive הַ⁠כְּתָ֗ב לְ⁠הִנָּ֤תֵֽן דָּת֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֔ה 1 письма будет передана указом во все области Можно уточнить: "Областные начальники должны были сделать копию приказа" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 14 vga2 figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֔ה 1 во все области Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления). См., как вы перевели аналогичное понятие в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md).[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 14 l9w7 figs-activepassive הַ⁠כְּתָ֗ב…גָּל֖וּי לְ⁠כָל־הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֑ים 1 письма... объявлена для всех народов INTCORE объявлена для всех народов Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "они сообщили жителям каждой провинции о" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 14 l9w7 figs-activepassive הַ⁠כְּתָ֗ב…גָּל֖וּי לְ⁠כָל־הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֑ים 1 письма… объявлена для всех народов Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "они сообщили жителям каждой провинции о" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 14 f6dc לִ⁠הְי֥וֹת עֲתִדִ֖ים לַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 чтобы быть готовыми к тому дню Alternate translations: “so that people would be ready to do on that day what the king had written in the letter” or “so that they would get ready to do what the letter said to do when the day came”
EST 3 15 abn4 הָֽ⁠רָצִ֞ים יָצְא֤וּ דְחוּפִים֙ בִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Посланники отправились поспешно по приказу царя This means that the king had commanded the couriers to deliver the letters as quickly as possible.
EST 3 15 abn5 figs-explicit הָֽ⁠רָצִ֞ים יָצְא֤וּ דְחוּפִים֙ בִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Посланники отправились поспешно по приказу царя You can state explicitly where the couriers brought the letters. Alternate translation: “as the king had commanded, couriers rushed the letters to every province in the empire” or “then, according to what the king commanded, men riding horses took these letters quickly to every province in the empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -434,12 +434,12 @@ EST 4 2 j38r figs-metonymy עַ֖ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠
EST 4 2 abo3 שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 ворот царя See how you translated this in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “the gate to the king’s palace”
EST 4 2 abo4 grammar-connect-logic-result אֵ֥ין לָ⁠ב֛וֹא אֶל־שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ בִּ⁠לְב֥וּשׁ שָֽׂק 1 нельзя было входить в ворота царя в лохмотьях Alternate translation: “But no one who was wearing sackcloth was allowed inside the palace gates” If it would be clearer in your language, you can put this information first in the verse because it explains why Mordecai waited outside. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 4 3 e73y figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֗ה 1 И во всех областях Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления государством). См., как вы перевели аналогичное слово в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md).[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 4 3 abo5 מְקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת⁠וֹ֙ מַגִּ֔יעַ 1 везде, куда доходил приказ царя и его указ INTCORE в месте, куда доходили приказ царя и его указ, Alternate translation: “anywhere that the letter that said to destroy the Jews was announced in public”
EST 4 3 abo5 מְקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת⁠וֹ֙ מַגִּ֔יעַ 1 везде, куда доходил приказ царя и его указ Alternate translation: “anywhere that the letter that said to destroy the Jews was announced in public”
EST 4 3 abo6 figs-doublet דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת⁠וֹ֙ 1 приказ царя и его указ These two phrases are referring to the same thing, that is, the information that the letter conveyed. The repetition is used to emphasize how serious a situation this was. Alternate translation: “the letter from the king” or “the law that said to destroy the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 4 3 e7zx אֵ֤בֶל גָּדוֹל֙ לַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים 1 у иудеев была огромная скорбь Alternate translation: “the Jews mourned greatly” or “when the Jews heard about it, they mourned greatly”
EST 4 3 abo7 figs-explicit וְ⁠צ֥וֹם 1 и пост **Fasting** is a sign of mourning. If your readers would not understand this, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “they went without food because they were so upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 4 3 abo8 figs-doublet וּ⁠בְכִ֖י וּ⁠מִסְפֵּ֑ד 1 и плач, и вопль These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how distressed the Jews were. Alternate translation: “wailed loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 4 3 djf6 translate-symaction שַׂ֣ק וָ⁠אֵ֔פֶר יֻצַּ֖ע לָֽ⁠רַבִּֽים 1 лохмотья и пепел были постелью для многих INTCORE лохмотья и пепел были постелью для многих. These were actions that demonstrated deep grief. “Many of them lay on the ground, dressed in sackcloth and sitting in ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 4 3 djf6 translate-symaction שַׂ֣ק וָ⁠אֵ֔פֶר יֻצַּ֖ע לָֽ⁠רַבִּֽים 1 лохмотья и пепел были постелью для многих These were actions that demonstrated deep grief. “Many of them lay on the ground, dressed in sackcloth and sitting in ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 4 4 q7ll נַעֲר֨וֹת אֶסְתֵּ֤ר 1 служанки Есфири Alternate translation: “Esther’s female servants” of “Esther’s maids”
EST 4 4 abo9 translate-unknown וְ⁠סָרִיסֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ 1 и её евнухи See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “her male servants” or “her other officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 4 4 abp0 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣ידוּ לָ֔⁠הּ 1 и рассказали ей That is, they told her that Mordecai was sitting outside the gate wearing sackcloth. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -455,9 +455,9 @@ EST 4 5 j39r figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 к ней Here, **face**
EST 4 5 abp6 figs-parallelism לָ⁠דַ֥עַת מַה־זֶּ֖ה וְ⁠עַל־מַה־זֶּֽה 1 чтобы узнать, что это и почему это These two phrases mean similar things. In both cases, “this” refers to what Mordecai was doing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Esther now knew there must be a very serious reason why Mordecai was wearing sackcloth in such a public place. Alternate translation: “to find out why he was so distressed that he was sitting at the palace gate wearing sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 4 6 abp7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הֲתָ֖ךְ אֶֽל־מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 И пошёл Гафах к Мардохею Hathak went out specifically to speak with Mordecai and find out why he was so distressed, as Esther had asked him to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Hathak went out to speak with Mordecai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 4 6 mgl5 רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 городскую площадь Alternate translation: “the central plaza”
EST 4 6 j41r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 перед INTCORE воротами царя Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of an object. The phrase means that the open square was in front of the palace gate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 4 6 j41r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 перед Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of an object. The phrase means that the open square was in front of the palace gate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 4 6 abp8 figs-metonymy שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 воротами царя Alternate translation: “the citadel gate” The citadel is being described by reference to something associated with it, the gate that leads into it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 4 7 zq3s figs-synecdoche אֵ֖ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָרָ֑⁠הוּ 1 обо всём, что с ним случилось INTCORE И рассказал ему Мардохей обо всём, что с ним случилось Here, **him** refers to Mordecai, but here Mordecai figuratively represents the entire group of which he is a member. Alternate translation: “everything that Haman was planning to do to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 4 7 zq3s figs-synecdoche אֵ֖ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָרָ֑⁠הוּ 1 обо всём, что с ним случилось Here, **him** refers to Mordecai, but here Mordecai figuratively represents the entire group of which he is a member. Alternate translation: “everything that Haman was planning to do to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 4 7 abp9 פָּרָשַׁ֣ת הַ⁠כֶּ֗סֶף אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָמַ֤ר הָמָן֙ לִ֠⁠שְׁקוֹל עַל־גִּנְזֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ בַּיְּהוּדִ֖ים לְ⁠אַבְּדָֽ⁠ם 1 количестве серебра, которое обещал Аман отвесить в казну царя за иудеев, чтобы уничтожить их This could mean either of two possibilities: (1) the amount of silver that Haman said the king would get for his treasury from the plunder that the people who destroyed the Jews would take from them, or (2) the amount of silver that Haman had said he would contribute to pay for the expenses of the plan to destroy the Jews. You could say either one as an alternate translation, but it should agree with your interpretation of [3:9](../03/09.md).
EST 4 8 j43r פַּתְשֶׁ֣גֶן כְּתָֽב־הַ֠⁠דָּת 1 копию письма указа Alternate translation: “a copy of the letter that Haman had sent out” or “a copy of the decree”
EST 4 8 zt49 figs-activepassive הַ֠⁠דָּת אֲשֶׁר־נִתַּ֨ן בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֤ן 1 указа, который был дан в Сузах If it would help your readers to understand, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the law that the heralds had read out loud in Susa” or “the decree that the king’s servants had posted in Susa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -475,9 +475,9 @@ EST 4 11 abq8 translate-symaction יָבֽוֹא־אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ
EST 4 11 abq9 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־יִקָּרֵ֗א 1 кто не был приглашён If it would help your readers to understand, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when the king has not summoned that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 4 11 abr0 אַחַ֤ת דָּת⁠וֹ֙ 1 один закон для него Alternate translation: “this law applies to everyone in the kingdom” If that would be clearer in your language, you could put this after the explanation of the law itself.
EST 4 11 abr1 לְ⁠הָמִ֔ית 1 быть убитым Alternate translation: “that person must be executed” or “the guards will kill that person”
EST 4 11 abr2 translate-symaction לְ֠⁠בַד מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יֽוֹשִׁיט־ל֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֥יט הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב 1 только тот, к кому царь протянет золотой скипетр INTCORE войдёт к царю во внутренний двор If the king pointed his scepter toward a person, that meant that the king was accepting him. Alternate translation: “unless the king extends his golden scepter towards him”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 4 11 abr2 translate-symaction לְ֠⁠בַד מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יֽוֹשִׁיט־ל֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֥יט הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב 1 только тот, к кому царь протянет золотой скипетр If the king pointed his scepter toward a person, that meant that the king was accepting him. Alternate translation: “unless the king extends his golden scepter towards him”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 4 11 abr3 translate-unknown שַׁרְבִ֥יט הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב 1 золотой скипетр A scepter was an ornamental staff or wand that rulers carried or held as a symbol of their authority. According to this, the scepter of King Ahasuerus was made of gold. Alternate translation: “golden scepter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 4 11 ilp4 figs-explicit וְ⁠חָיָ֑ה 1 будет жив INTCORE а меня не приглашали входить к царю вот уже тридцать дней This means that the guards will not kill this person and he can proceed to speak to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “then the guards will not kill him and he can speak to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 4 11 ilp4 figs-explicit וְ⁠חָיָ֑ה 1 будет жив This means that the guards will not kill this person and he can proceed to speak to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “then the guards will not kill him and he can speak to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 4 11 abr4 figs-explicit וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י לֹ֤א נִקְרֵ֨אתי֙ לָ⁠ב֣וֹא אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ זֶ֖ה שְׁלוֹשִׁ֥ים יֽוֹם 1 а меня не приглашали входить к царю вот уже тридцать дней Esther is saying by implication that she cannot speak to the king as Mordecai has requested because the king has not been calling for her, which would have given her an opportunity to speak to him. If she goes without being summoned, she could be put to death. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 4 11 j49r grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י 1 а меня This expression indicates a contrast between Esther’s present situation and the situation she has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EST 4 11 abr5 זֶ֖ה שְׁלוֹשִׁ֥ים יֽוֹם 1 вот уже тридцать дней The phrase means that Esther has not been called in the king’s presence for a period of at least 30 days. You could use an equivalent expression in your language that would indicate this is a long enough time that Esther has reason to believe the king is not interested in seeing her. Alternate translation: “in over a month”
@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ EST 4 14 t3k7 figs-doublet רֶ֣וַח וְ⁠הַצָּלָ֞ה 1 свобод
EST 4 14 abs0 וְ⁠אַ֥תְּ וּ⁠בֵית־אָבִ֖י⁠ךְ תֹּאבֵ֑דוּ 1 а ты и дом твоего отца погибнете Alternate translation: “you and your relatives will be killed” The implication is that the Jews will be rescued starting in that other place, but the ones living in Susa will still be in danger because no one who could have helped them there (such as Esther) would have done anything.
EST 4 14 dtg7 figs-rquestion וּ⁠מִ֣י יוֹדֵ֔עַ אִם־לְ⁠עֵ֣ת כָּ⁠זֹ֔את הִגַּ֖עַתְּ לַ⁠מַּלְכֽוּת 1 и кто знает, не для такого ли времени ты достигла царского звания Мардохей задаёт Есфири этот вопрос для того, чтобы она глубоко задумалась о своей роли в данной ситуации. Альтернативный перевод: "Кто знает, не для этого ли времени Бог сделал тебя царицей?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EST 4 16 d6cq figs-activepassive כָּל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֜ים הַֽ⁠נִּמְצְאִ֣ים בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֗ן 1 всех иудеев, находящихся в Сузах You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the Jews who live here in Susa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 4 16 t2wg translate-symaction וְ⁠צ֣וּמוּ עָ֠לַ⁠י 1 и поститесь за меня INTCORE Я тоже с моими служанками буду так поститься Пост - это символический акт, которым сопровождается усиленная молитва. Вы можете уточнить: "поститесь и молитесь за меня... Я... буду также поститься и молиться" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 4 16 t2wg translate-symaction וְ⁠צ֣וּמוּ עָ֠לַ⁠י 1 и поститесь за меня Пост - это символический акт, которым сопровождается усиленная молитва. Вы можете уточнить: "поститесь и молитесь за меня... Я... буду также поститься и молиться" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 4 16 qw8v translate-numbers וְ⁠אַל־תֹּאכְל֨וּ וְ⁠אַל־תִּשְׁתּ֜וּ שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת יָמִים֙ לַ֣יְלָה וָ⁠י֔וֹם 1 и не ешьте, и не пейте три дня ночью и днём This expression means that Esther was asking the Jews in Susa not to eat or drink anything during the day or the night for a period of three days. Alternate translation: “tell them to not eat or drink anything for three days and three nights”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 4 16 j51r גַּם־אֲנִ֥י וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתַ֖⁠י אָצ֣וּם כֵּ֑ן 1 Я тоже с моими служанками буду так поститься Alternate translation: “my maids and I will also fast”
EST 4 16 abs2 וּ⁠בְ⁠כֵ֞ן 1 и так Alternate translation: “after we have all done that, and while still fasting”
@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ EST 5 3 j61r figs-hyperbole עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת ו
EST 5 3 c6h7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִנָּ֥תֵֽן לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 будет дано тебе You can say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will give you anything you ask for” or “I will give you what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 5 4 abt8 figs-idiom אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ ט֑וֹב 1 Если царю угодно Есфирь обращалась к царю в третьем лице, чтобы почтить его. Вместо слова "царь" можно использовать местоимение "ты" или другие почительные слова, например, "О царь! Если тебе угодно, приди сегодня с Аманом на пир, который я для тебя приготовила" или "Господин мой! Если пожелаешь, приди сегодня ко мне на пир, приготовленный для тебя" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 5 4 m3uy figs-123person אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ ט֑וֹב 1 Если царю угодно Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “if it seems like a good idea to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 5 4 j63r figs-123person יָב֨וֹא הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠הָמָן֙ 1 пусть придёт царь с Аманом INTCORE пир, который я сделаю для него Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “O king, please come with Haman” or “you and Haman come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 5 4 j63r figs-123person יָב֨וֹא הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠הָמָן֙ 1 пусть придёт царь с Аманом Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “O king, please come with Haman” or “you and Haman come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 5 4 abt9 figs-123person הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֥יתִי לֽ⁠וֹ 1 пир, который я сделаю для него Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “the banquet that I have prepared for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 5 4 abu0 figs-yousingular הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֥יתִי לֽ⁠וֹ 1 пир, который я сделаю для него If you decide to translate this as “the banquet that I have prepared for you,” then the word “you” should be singular, since here it refers just to the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
EST 5 5 abu1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 И сказал царь The king would have said this to his servants, not to Esther. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The king said to his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -530,547 +530,547 @@ EST 5 5 abu3 עָשְׂתָ֥ה 1 сделала Alternate translation: “had
EST 5 6 d5wr figs-parallelism מַה־שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֖⁠ךְ וְ⁠יִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֑⁠ךְ וּ⁠מַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛⁠ךְ עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ 1 Какое у тебя прошение? Оно будет дано тебе. И какая у тебя просьба? До половины царства — будет сделано Абстрактное существительное "желание" можно заменить глаголами "просить", "хотеть": "Что ты хочешь у меня попросить?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 5 6 pj3p figs-explicit מַה־שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֖⁠ךְ וְ⁠יִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֑⁠ךְ וּ⁠מַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛⁠ךְ עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ 1 Какое у тебя прошение? Оно будет дано тебе. И какая у тебя просьба? До половины царства — будет сделано When Ahasuerus asked Esther in the throne room what she wanted, she said that she wanted him and Haman to come to a banquet she had prepared. But since the king asks her once again at the banquet what she wants, it is clear that he knew this was not her real request. Instead, he knew that she wanted to show him hospitality first, as a gesture of respect for him and their relationship. You can indicate this by translating, “Now please tell me what you really want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 6 q5nt figs-abstractnouns שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֖⁠ךְ…בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛⁠ךְ 1 у тебя прошение… у тебя просьба Абстрактное существительное "просьба" можно заменить глаголами "просить", "хотеть": "О чём ты хочешь меня попросить?", "Что бы ты хотела получить от меня?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 5 6 e2v2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִנָּ֣תֵֽן…וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ 1 Оно будет дано… будет сделано INTCORE Оно будет дано тебе… будет сделано Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "Я дам тебе всё, что ты у меня попросишь" или "Я сделаю всё, о чём ты меня попросишь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 5 6 e2v2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִנָּ֣תֵֽן…וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ 1 Оно будет дано… будет сделано Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "Я дам тебе всё, что ты у меня попросишь" или "Я сделаю всё, о чём ты меня попросишь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 5 6 j65r עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת 1 До половины царства See how you translated this expression in [5:3](../05/03.md). Review the explanation there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “I will give you anything you ask for, no matter how great it is”
EST 5 7 abu5 figs-hendiadys וַ⁠תַּ֥עַן…וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֑ר 1 И ответила… и сказала Here a single idea is being expressed by using two words connected with “and.” Together the two words mean that Esther responded to the question that the king asked her. Alternate translation: “answered” or “replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 5 7 r4aw figs-doublet שְׁאֵלָתִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י 1 Вот моё прошение и моя просьба Слова "желание" и "просьба" являются синонимами, которые, возможно, употреблены вместе для того, чтобы речь была более официальной и почтительной, поскольку Есфирь обращалась к царю (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 5 7 abu6 figs-abstractnouns שְׁאֵלָתִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י 1 Вот моё прошение и моя просьба INTCORE моё прошение и моя просьба The two abstract nouns **petition** and **request** can be expressed with a single phrase using the verb “want.” Alternate translation: “this is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 5 7 abu6 figs-abstractnouns שְׁאֵלָתִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י 1 Вот моё прошение и моя просьба The two abstract nouns **petition** and **request** can be expressed with a single phrase using the verb “want.” Alternate translation: “this is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 5 8 c2br figs-idiom אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 если я нашла расположение в глазах царя Есфирь обращалась к царю в третьем лице, чтобы почтить его. Вместо слова "царь" можно использовать местоимение "ты" или другие почительные слова, например, "О царь! Если тебе угодно" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 5 8 abu7 figs-metaphor אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 если я нашла расположение в глазах царя Нашла расположение - это устойчивое выражение, упоребляющееся в значении "если ты мной доволен". "В глазах царя" - это также идиома, означающая "у тебя". Можно сказать: "если ты мной доволен", "если тебе угодно явить мне милость" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 8 c2jy figs-123person אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 если я нашла расположение в глазах царя Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 5 8 abu8 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ ט֔וֹב 1 и если царю угодно INTCORE если царю угодно This is an idiom. See how you translated it in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), and [5:4](../05/04.md). Alternate translation: “If it seems like a good idea to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 5 8 abu8 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ ט֔וֹב 1 и если царю угодно This is an idiom. See how you translated it in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), and [5:4](../05/04.md). Alternate translation: “If it seems like a good idea to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 5 8 j69r figs-doublet לָ⁠תֵת֙ אֶת־שְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת אֶת־בַּקָּשָׁתִ֑⁠י 1 дать моё прошение и выполнить мою просьбу The phrases **to grant my petition** and **to perform my request** mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “to do what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 5 8 x8hf figs-123person יָב֧וֹא הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ וְ⁠הָמָ֗ן אֶל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֣ה לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 пусть придёт царь и Аман на пир, который я сделаю для них INTCORE по слову царя Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “please come with Haman to another banquet that I will prepare for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 5 8 x8hf figs-123person יָב֧וֹא הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ וְ⁠הָמָ֗ן אֶל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֣ה לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 пусть придёт царь и Аман на пир, который я сделаю для них Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “please come with Haman to another banquet that I will prepare for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 5 8 j71r figs-youdual יָב֧וֹא הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ וְ⁠הָמָ֗ן אֶל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֣ה לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 пусть придёт царь и Аман на пир, который я сделаю для них Вместо слова "царь" можно употребить личное местоимение "ты" или почтительные слова: "прошу тебя, приди вместе с Аманом" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EST 5 8 abu9 וּ⁠מָחָ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 и завтра я сделаю по слову царя Здесь также вместо слова "царь" можер употребить личное местоимение "ты" или почтительные слова. Альтернативный перевод: "я отвечу на твой вопрос" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 5 8 gf9b figs-123person כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 по слову царя Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “according to your word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 5 9 abv1 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א 1 И вышел Alternate translation: “and … left the banquet”
EST 5 9 j73r figs-doublet שָׂמֵ֖חַ וְ⁠ט֣וֹב לֵ֑ב 1 весёлый и радостный сердцем The word **joyful** and the phrase **good of heart** mean the same thing. These terms are used together to show that Haman was very happy after attending Esther’s banquet with King Ahasuerus. Alternate translation: “feeling very good” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]
EST 5 9 j75r figs-metaphor וְ⁠ט֣וֹב לֵ֑ב 1 и радостный сердцем INTCORE тогда наполнился Аман гневом на Мардохея Here, **heart** figuratively represents the action of thinking or feeling. The phrase means that Haman felt happy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 9 j75r figs-metaphor וְ⁠ט֣וֹב לֵ֑ב 1 и радостный сердцем Here, **heart** figuratively represents the action of thinking or feeling. The phrase means that Haman felt happy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 9 dkg6 figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹא־קָם֙ 1 а он не встал Люди более низкого положения должны были вставать перед теми, кто занимал более высокое положение. Мардохей не встал перед Аманом и не выразил ему почтения (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 9 j77r translate-symaction וְ⁠לֹא־זָ֣ע מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 и не трепетал перед ним The phrase means that Mordecai was not afraid of Haman or of what Haman might do to him for refusing to show the respect that the king had commanded. Alternate translation: “or tremble fearfully in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 5 9 s47u figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֥א הָמָ֛ן עַֽל־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י חֵמָֽה 1 INTCORE тогда наполнился Аман гневом на Мардохея Here, **Haman’s rage** is described as something that could fill him up. See how you translated this expression in [3:5](../03/05.md). Alternate translation: “Haman became very angry because of Mordecai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 10 v5nl grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יִּתְאַפַּ֣ק הָמָ֔ן 1 INTCORE И сдержался Аман Сдерживаться - значит не идти на поводу у своих сильных желаний (Аману хотелось излить на Мардохей свой гнев). Альтернативный перевод: "Аман решил не показывать свой гнев" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EST 5 10 bcn1 translate-names זֶ֥רֶשׁ 1 INTCORE Зерешь Это женское имя (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 5 11 abv4 וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֨ר לָ⁠הֶ֥ם 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “then … made a long speech to them about”
EST 5 11 mvm5 figs-abstractnouns כְּב֥וֹד עָשְׁר֖⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE славе своего богатства Слово "богатство" является абстрактным существительным. Альтернативный перевод: "Аман рассказал им о том, насколько богатым он был" или "Аман рассказал им о замечательных вещах, которыми он владел" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 5 11 j79r translate-symaction וְ⁠רֹ֣ב בָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 INTCORE и множестве своих сыновей Having many sons was probably seen as a mark of honor and status in Persian culture. This phrase probably means that Haman was boasting about the status he enjoyed in Persian society because he had many sons. Alternate translation: “how many sons he had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 5 11 abv5 figs-gendernotations בָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 INTCORE своих сыновей This word can sometimes be used in Hebrew to mean both male and female children. However, here it clearly refers to male children, so you should translate it that way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EST 5 11 m7fq גִּדְּל֤⁠וֹ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “how the king had continually given him more authority” or “how the king had honored him many times by giving him more important work”
EST 5 11 b7c5 figs-metaphor נִשְּׂא֔⁠וֹ עַל 1 INTCORE повысил его Повысить в должности - значит предоставить больше власти и полномочий. Альтернативный перевод: "Как царь множество раз повышал его в должности, давая ему ещё больше власти" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 11 abv6 figs-explicit הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַבְדֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 INTCORE правителями и слугами царя Царь сделал Амана самым великим среди всех остальных своих чиновников. Можно сказать: "как он стал самым великим среди слуг и чиновников царя" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 11 xwvh figs-doublet הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַבְדֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 INTCORE правителями и слугами царя. The words **officials** and **administrators** mean similar things. If your language uses one word for these, you can combine them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 5 12 abv7 figs-exclamations אַ֣ף 1 INTCORE Более того Alternate translation: “and that is not all” You can translate it as an exclamation because Haman believes he has saved the best for last and is now introducing what he considers to be his most recent significant honor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
EST 5 12 w1bm figs-doublenegatives לֹא־הֵבִיאָה֩ אֶסְתֵּ֨ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֧ה עִם־הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ…כִּ֣י אִם־אוֹתִ֑⁠י 1 INTCORE не позвала Есфирь, царица, с царём… никого, кроме меня This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “I was the only one Queen Esther invited besides the king” or “Queen Esther invited just two of us, the king and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EST 5 12 abv8 עָשָׂ֖תָה 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “she had prepared”
EST 5 12 abv9 figs-activepassive וְ⁠גַם־לְ⁠מָחָ֛ר אֲנִ֥י קָֽרוּא־לָ֖⁠הּ עִם־הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 INTCORE и завтра тоже я приглашён к ней вместе с царём You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and she has invited me to attend another banquet with the king again tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 5 13 abw0 figs-metaphor וְ⁠כָל־זֶ֕ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ שֹׁוֶ֖ה לִ֑⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־עֵ֗ת אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנִ֤י רֹאֶה֙ 1 INTCORE Но от всего этого нет пользы для меня, всё время, пока я вижу This is a figurative way of speaking. It is as if Haman is weighing his happiness on one side of a scale and his unhappiness on the other side. Haman is saying that his happiness over all the honors he has received is still not greater than his unhappiness over seeing Mordecai fail to honor him, so on balance, he is unhappy. Alternate translation: “I still cannot be happy as long as I keep seeing” or “all of this does not make me happy” or “… does not satisfy me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 13 wu84 וְ⁠כָל־זֶ֕ה 1 RUQuote Haman is continuing to speak here. You can show this by beginning with “Then Haman said.”
EST 5 13 abw1 figs-distinguish הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔י 1 INTCORE этого иудея This phrase gives clarifying information about Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 5 13 abw2 figs-explicit יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 INTCORE сидящим у ворот царя Haman could be referring to the way Mordecai has been refusing to stand up to honor him, or he could be referring generally to the way Mordecai has never honored him (by either bowing or standing up) ever since he was appointed to a position in the king’s service and stationed at the gate. Either way, being reminded of this dishonor is the reason why Haman continues to be unhappy. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting at the citadel gate and refusing to honor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 13 abw3 בְּ⁠שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “the citadel gate”
EST 5 14 abw4 figs-explicit וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֩ זֶ֨רֶשׁ אִשְׁתּ֜⁠וֹ וְ⁠כָל־אֹֽהֲבָ֗י⁠ו 1 INTCORE Пусть сделают The verb is feminine, so it is Zeresh who is speaking here. By mentioning the friends, it is implied that they are in agreement with what she says. If it would be clearer, you could say, “Then Haman’s wife Zeresh suggested, and his friends agreed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 14 j81r וְ⁠כָל־אֹֽהֲבָ֗י⁠ו 1 RUQuote This means the friends whom Haman had invited to his home that day. Alternate translation: “his friends who were there”
EST 5 14 abw5 figs-explicit יַֽעֲשׂוּ 1 INTCORE Пусть сделают You can say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have your servants set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 14 i2f3 figs-metonymy עֵץ֮ 1 INTCORE И было приятно это слово Аману See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 5 14 k8zd translate-bdistance גָּבֹ֣הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּה֒ 1 INTCORE высотой в пятьдесят локтей Высотой в 50 локтей. Вы можете сказать "приготовьте двадцатиметровую виселицу" (50 локтей - это примерно 21 метр (прим. пер.)) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EST 5 14 hiui figs-explicit אֱמֹ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ וְ⁠יִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 INTCORE скажи царю, и пусть повесят Мардохея на нём If it is clearer in your language, you can make explicit what Haman would say to the king. Alternate translation: “speak to the king and tell him that you would like to hang Mordecai on it” or “tell the king that you intend to hang Mordecai on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 14 abw7 figs-explicit וְ⁠יִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 INTCORE и пусть повесят Мардохея на нём If it is clearer in your language, you can make explicit who does the action. Probably, Haman’s servants would carry out the action. But since it would happen under Haman’s orders and perhaps under his supervision, you could also describe him as the one who does the action if that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and have your servants hang Mordecai on it” or “and hang Mordecai on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 14 abw8 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בֹֽא…אֶל הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּ֖ה שָׂמֵ֑חַ 1 INTCORE и иди… на пир радостным **Then** indicates more than a time sequence here. Zeresh and the friends are saying what the result would be. Alternate translation: “after he is dead, you will be able to go to the banquet … in a good mood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 5 14 bbs9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן 1 INTCORE И было приятно это слово Аману The **word** was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, **face** figuratively represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 5 14 i8is וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 RUQuote Haman most likely did not do this personally. He ordered it to be done. Alternate translation: “he gave his servants orders to set up the pole” or “he told his servants to construct the gallows”
EST 5 14 j83r translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 INTCORE дерево Или "виселицу". Виселица - это сооружение, состоящее из двух столбов с перекладиной, к которой крепилась веревка, свободный конец которой как петля одевался на шею человека (в данном случае вместо столбов и перекладины использовалось дерево - прим. пер.) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 5 9 s47u figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֥א הָמָ֛ן עַֽל־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י חֵמָֽה 1 тогда наполнился Аман гневом на Мардохея Here, **Haman’s rage** is described as something that could fill him up. See how you translated this expression in [3:5](../03/05.md). Alternate translation: “Haman became very angry because of Mordecai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 10 v5nl grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יִּתְאַפַּ֣ק הָמָ֔ן 1 И сдержался Аман Сдерживаться - значит не идти на поводу у своих сильных желаний (Аману хотелось излить на Мардохей свой гнев). Альтернативный перевод: "Аман решил не показывать свой гнев" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EST 5 10 bcn1 translate-names זֶ֥רֶשׁ 1 Зерешь Это женское имя (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 5 11 abv4 וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֨ר לָ⁠הֶ֥ם 1 И рассказывал им Alternate translation: “then … made a long speech to them about”
EST 5 11 mvm5 figs-abstractnouns כְּב֥וֹד עָשְׁר֖⁠וֹ 1 о славе своего богатства Слово "богатство" является абстрактным существительным. Альтернативный перевод: "Аман рассказал им о том, насколько богатым он был" или "Аман рассказал им о замечательных вещах, которыми он владел" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 5 11 j79r translate-symaction וְ⁠רֹ֣ב בָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 и множестве своих сыновей Having many sons was probably seen as a mark of honor and status in Persian culture. This phrase probably means that Haman was boasting about the status he enjoyed in Persian society because he had many sons. Alternate translation: “how many sons he had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 5 11 abv5 figs-gendernotations בָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 своих сыновей This word can sometimes be used in Hebrew to mean both male and female children. However, here it clearly refers to male children, so you should translate it that way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EST 5 11 m7fq גִּדְּל֤⁠וֹ 1 поднял его Alternate translation: “how the king had continually given him more authority” or “how the king had honored him many times by giving him more important work”
EST 5 11 b7c5 figs-metaphor נִשְּׂא֔⁠וֹ עַל 1 повысил его… над Повысить в должности - значит предоставить больше власти и полномочий. Альтернативный перевод: "Как царь множество раз повышал его в должности, давая ему ещё больше власти" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 11 abv6 figs-explicit הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַבְדֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 правителями и слугами царя Царь сделал Амана самым великим среди всех остальных своих чиновников. Можно сказать: "как он стал самым великим среди слуг и чиновников царя" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 11 xwvh figs-doublet הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַבְדֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 правителями и слугами царя The words **officials** and **administrators** mean similar things. If your language uses one word for these, you can combine them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 5 12 abv7 figs-exclamations אַ֣ף 1 Более того Alternate translation: “and that is not all” You can translate it as an exclamation because Haman believes he has saved the best for last and is now introducing what he considers to be his most recent significant honor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
EST 5 12 w1bm figs-doublenegatives לֹא־הֵבִיאָה֩ אֶסְתֵּ֨ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֧ה עִם־הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ…כִּ֣י אִם־אוֹתִ֑⁠י 1 не позвала Есфирь, царица, с царём… никого, кроме меня This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “I was the only one Queen Esther invited besides the king” or “Queen Esther invited just two of us, the king and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EST 5 12 abv8 עָשָׂ֖תָה 1 сделала Alternate translation: “she had prepared”
EST 5 12 abv9 figs-activepassive וְ⁠גַם־לְ⁠מָחָ֛ר אֲנִ֥י קָֽרוּא־לָ֖⁠הּ עִם־הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 и завтра тоже я приглашён к ней вместе с царём You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and she has invited me to attend another banquet with the king again tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 5 13 abw0 figs-metaphor וְ⁠כָל־זֶ֕ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ שֹׁוֶ֖ה לִ֑⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־עֵ֗ת אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנִ֤י רֹאֶה֙ 1 Но от всего этого нет пользы для меня, всё время, пока я вижу This is a figurative way of speaking. It is as if Haman is weighing his happiness on one side of a scale and his unhappiness on the other side. Haman is saying that his happiness over all the honors he has received is still not greater than his unhappiness over seeing Mordecai fail to honor him, so on balance, he is unhappy. Alternate translation: “I still cannot be happy as long as I keep seeing” or “all of this does not make me happy” or “… does not satisfy me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 13 wu84 וְ⁠כָל־זֶ֕ה 1 Но от всего этого Haman is continuing to speak here. You can show this by beginning with “Then Haman said.”
EST 5 13 abw1 figs-distinguish הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔י 1 этого иудея This phrase gives clarifying information about Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 5 13 abw2 figs-explicit יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 сидящим у ворот царя Haman could be referring to the way Mordecai has been refusing to stand up to honor him, or he could be referring generally to the way Mordecai has never honored him (by either bowing or standing up) ever since he was appointed to a position in the king’s service and stationed at the gate. Either way, being reminded of this dishonor is the reason why Haman continues to be unhappy. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting at the citadel gate and refusing to honor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 13 abw3 בְּ⁠שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 у ворот царя Alternate translation: “the citadel gate”
EST 5 14 abw4 figs-explicit וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֩ זֶ֨רֶשׁ אִשְׁתּ֜⁠וֹ וְ⁠כָל־אֹֽהֲבָ֗י⁠ו 1 И сказали ему Зерешь, его жена, и все его друзья The verb is feminine, so it is Zeresh who is speaking here. By mentioning the friends, it is implied that they are in agreement with what she says. If it would be clearer, you could say, “Then Haman’s wife Zeresh suggested, and his friends agreed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 14 j81r וְ⁠כָל־אֹֽהֲבָ֗י⁠ו 1 и все его друзья This means the friends whom Haman had invited to his home that day. Alternate translation: “his friends who were there”
EST 5 14 abw5 figs-explicit יַֽעֲשׂוּ 1 Пусть сделают You can say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have your servants set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 14 i2f3 figs-metonymy עֵץ֮ 1 дерево See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 5 14 k8zd translate-bdistance גָּבֹ֣הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּה֒ 1 высотой в пятьдесят локтей Высотой в 50 локтей. Вы можете сказать "приготовьте двадцатиметровую виселицу" (50 локтей - это примерно 21 метр (прим. пер.)) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EST 5 14 hiui figs-explicit אֱמֹ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ וְ⁠יִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 скажи царю, и пусть повесят Мардохея на нём If it is clearer in your language, you can make explicit what Haman would say to the king. Alternate translation: “speak to the king and tell him that you would like to hang Mordecai on it” or “tell the king that you intend to hang Mordecai on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 14 abw7 figs-explicit וְ⁠יִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 и пусть повесят Мардохея на нём If it is clearer in your language, you can make explicit who does the action. Probably, Haman’s servants would carry out the action. But since it would happen under Haman’s orders and perhaps under his supervision, you could also describe him as the one who does the action if that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and have your servants hang Mordecai on it” or “and hang Mordecai on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 14 abw8 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בֹֽא…אֶל הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּ֖ה שָׂמֵ֑חַ 1 и иди… на пир радостным **Then** indicates more than a time sequence here. Zeresh and the friends are saying what the result would be. Alternate translation: “after he is dead, you will be able to go to the banquet … in a good mood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 5 14 bbs9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן 1 И было приятно это слово Аману The **word** was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, **face** figuratively represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 5 14 i8is וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 и он сделал дерево Haman most likely did not do this personally. He ordered it to be done. Alternate translation: “he gave his servants orders to set up the pole” or “he told his servants to construct the gallows”
EST 5 14 j83r translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 дерево Или "виселицу". Виселица - это сооружение, состоящее из двух столбов с перекладиной, к которой крепилась веревка, свободный конец которой как петля одевался на шею человека (в данном случае вместо столбов и перекладины использовалось дерево - прим. пер.) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Есфирь 06 Общие замечания<br><br>### Структура и оформление<br><br>В этой главе продолжается история о падении Амана.<br><br>### Важные концепции<br><br>#### Втреча с царём<br><br>Люди не могли свободно входить к царю. Обычно доступ к нему был очень ограничен. В этой главе говорится об уровнях защиты, окружавшей царя.<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 06:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../05/intro.md) | [>>](../07/intro.md)__
EST 6 1 j85r writing-newevent בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֔וּא 1 INTCORE В ту ночь This introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural way of introducing a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 6 1 abw9 figs-personification נָדְדָ֖ה שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 INTCORE пропал сон царя Here, **sleep** is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could flee away. Alternate translation: “the king could not sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 6 1 abx1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר לְ⁠הָבִ֞יא 1 INTCORE и сказал он принести **He** means the king. The implication is that he told the young men who attended him to do this. Verses 3 and 5 indicate this. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so he commanded his servants to fetch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 1 abx2 סֵ֤פֶר הַ⁠זִּכְרֹנוֹת֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים 1 RUQuote This is equivalent to the expression “the book of the events of days” in [2:23](../02/23.md). See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “the royal chronicles” or “the records of what had happened during all the time that he had been king”
EST 6 1 abx3 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ נִקְרָאִ֖ים 1 INTCORE и они читалис This means that the chronicles were read out loud. You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the young men got the chronicles and began to read them out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 1 j87r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 INTCORE перед царём Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the book was being read in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 2 u4gi figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵ֣א כָת֗וּב 1 INTCORE И была найдена запись Both terms **found** and **recorded** can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the writers had recorded there” or “they read the part where the writers had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 2 abx4 figs-explicit הִגִּ֨יד מָרְדֳּכַ֜י עַל 1 INTCORE Мардохей сообщил о The implication is that Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering the plot and telling him about it. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering a plot against the king and telling him about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 2 abx5 figs-events הִגִּ֨יד מָרְדֳּכַ֜י עַל 1 INTCORE Мардохей сообщил о To relate the events in chronological order, you can put this at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “but Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering their plot and telling him about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 6 2 syd9 translate-names בִּגְתָ֣נָא וָ⁠תֶ֗רֶשׁ 1 INTCORE Гавафе и Фарре These are the same two men who are named in [2:21](../02/21.md). However, there the first man’s name is said to be “Bigthan.” Decide on a consistent way of translating these names so your readers will know that they are the same men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 6 2 abx6 translate-unknown שְׁנֵי֙ סָרִיסֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 INTCORE двух евнухах царя See how you translated the term **eunuch** in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “two of the royal guardians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 2 abx7 מִ⁠שֹּׁמְרֵ֖י הַ⁠סַּ֑ף 1 RUQuote See how you translated this expression in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “who protected the doorway to the king’s private quarters”
EST 6 2 abx8 figs-metaphor בִּקְשׁוּ֙ 1 INTCORE задумали Here, **seeking** figuratively means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they had planned” or “they had tried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 2 j89r figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד 1 INTCORE наложить руки As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. Alternate translation: “to assassinate” or “to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 3 lmz6 figs-hendiadys מַֽה־נַּעֲשָׂ֞ה יְקָ֧ר וּ⁠גְדוּלָּ֛ה לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֖י 1 INTCORE Какие честь и величие были сделаны Мардохею **Honor** and **greatness** have similar meanings and they are used together to emphasize that Mordecai should certainly have been honored in some grand way for saving the king’s life. If it would be clearer in your language, you can express this by putting the terms together. For example, you could say, “What great honor was done for Mordecai?” Alternate translation: “what did we do to reward Mordecai or to show that we appreciated what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 6 3 aby0 figs-activepassive נַּעֲשָׂ֞ה 1 INTCORE были сделаны Здесь также можно употребить действительный залог. Однако у читателя не должно создасться впечатления, что слуги обвиняют царя. Альтернативный перевод: "Никто ничего не сделал для Мардохея" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 3 n2az figs-activepassive לֹא־נַעֲשָׂ֥ה עִמּ֖⁠וֹ דָּבָֽר 1 INTCORE Для него ничего не было сделано You can say this with an active form. However, it would be good to say this in a way that does not create the impression that the young men are accusing the king. Alternate translation: “no one did anything for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 3 aby1 עַל־זֶ֑ה 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “for saving my life”
EST 6 4 aby2 figs-explicit מִ֣י בֶ⁠חָצֵ֑ר 1 INTCORE Кто во дворе This could mean either: (1) The king knows that there is someone in the courtyard, maybe because he heard someone walking there; he wants to know who it is. (2) Since there are always people around the palace, the king assumes that there must be someone out in the courtyard. In either case, the king wants to know if there is someone there with whom he could consult about the best way to honor Mordecai. As the story has already said in [1:13](../01/13.md), it was the king’s habit to consult his advisors on important questions. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king wanted to consult someone about the best way to honor Mordecai, so he asked, ‘who is in the courtyard’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 4 aby3 מִ֣י בֶ⁠חָצֵ֑ר 1 INTCORE Кто во дворе In order to present the events in logical and chronological order, you can put the king’s question last in the verse if that would be more natural in your language. Haman had already come in the courtyard by the time the king asked this question.
EST 6 4 j91r grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠הָמָ֣ן בָּ֗א לַ⁠חֲצַ֤ר בֵּית־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַ⁠חִ֣יצוֹנָ֔ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לִ⁠תְלוֹת֙ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֔י עַל־הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ אֲשֶׁר־הֵכִ֥ין לֽ⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE А Аман пришёл во внешний двор дома царя, чтобы сказать царю, чтобы повесили Мардохея на дереве, которое он приготовил для него. This sentence indicates that Haman had already entered the outer court when King Ahasuerus asked his question. You could indicate this with a phrase such as “at that moment” or “just then” or “while they were talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
EST 6 4 rg8t לַ⁠חֲצַ֤ר בֵּית־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַ⁠חִ֣יצוֹנָ֔ה 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “the outer courtyard of the palace” This phrase is describing the first courtyard a person would come to after entering the palace from the outside.
EST 6 4 vu7p לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לִ⁠תְלוֹת֙ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “to tell the king that he wanted to hang Mordecai” or “to tell the king that he wanted to impale Mordecai”
EST 6 4 at53 הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ אֲשֶׁר־הֵכִ֥ין לֽ⁠וֹ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “on the pole that he had set up” or “on the gallows that he had set up for Mordecai”
EST 6 4 aby4 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 INTCORE дереве See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md) and [5:14](../05/14.md). Review<br>the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 5 aby5 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמְר֜וּ נַעֲרֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 INTCORE И сказали юноши It is implied that the young men went and looked, perhaps through a window or a doorway, to see who might be in the courtyard before they answered the king. You can say so if it would make the translation clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the young men who served the king looked and saw that Haman was in the courtyard. They said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 5 j93r figs-explicit הִנֵּ֥ה 1 INTCORE И сказали юноши This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. You could also have the young men address the king directly to get his attention. Alternate translation: “O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 5 j95r יָבֽוֹא 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “he may come in”
EST 6 6 j97r וַ⁠יָּבוֹא֮ הָמָן֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “when Haman came in, the king said”
EST 6 6 ky5i figs-123person מַה־לַ⁠עֲשׂ֕וֹת בָּ⁠אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE Что сделать человеку, которого царь желает почтить Здесь царь говорит о себе в третьем лице. Вместо третьего лица вы можете использовать первое: "Что мне сделать для человека, которому я хочу оказать почесть?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 6 n3r5 figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE которого царь желает почтить Отличить почестью - это устойчивое выражение, употребляющееся в значении "открыто выразить почтение", "наградить". Альтернативный перевод: "которого царь хочет наградить", "которого царь желает почтить" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 6 jh4i figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָמָן֙ בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE И сказал Аман в своём сердце Под "сердцем" подразумевается человеческая душа. Можно сказать: "подумал" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 6 yft1 figs-rquestion לְ⁠מִ֞י יַחְפֹּ֥ץ הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת יְקָ֖ר יוֹתֵ֥ר מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 INTCORE Кому пожелает царь сделать честь больше, чем мне Вместо вопроса можно использовать утверждение: "Царь, безусловно, желает оказать мне честь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EST 6 7 j1d1 figs-idiom אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE Человеку, которого царь желает почтить **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do it and to really want to do it. Alternate translation: “for a man the king is glad to honor” or “for a man the king wants to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 7 aby6 figs-123person אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE Человеку, которого царь желает почтить Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “if you really want to honor someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 8 mz79 figs-explicit יָבִ֨יאוּ֙ 1 INTCORE пусть принесут The implication is that the king’s servants would do this. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “let someone bring” or “tell your servants to bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 8 aby7 figs-abstractnouns לְב֣וּשׁ מַלְכ֔וּת אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָֽבַשׁ־בּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 INTCORE царскую одежду, в которую одевается царь **Royalty** is an abstract noun that refers to anything that belongs to the king. You can translate this idea with an adjective, “a royal garment.” Alternate translation: “one of your own royal robes that you have already worn yourself” or “one of the robes you wear to show that you are the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 6 8 aby8 figs-123person אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָֽבַשׁ־בּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 INTCORE в которую одевается царь Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “that you have already worn yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 8 aby9 figs-123person וְ⁠ס֗וּס אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָכַ֤ב עָלָי⁠ו֙ 1 INTCORE и коня, на котором ездит Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “a horse that you have already ridden yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 8 r63j figs-activepassive וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִתַּ֛ן כֶּ֥תֶר מַלְכ֖וּת בְּ⁠רֹאשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE и на голову которого надевают корону царства This whole phrase refers to the horse. You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and that has a royal crown on its head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 8 abz0 figs-explicit וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִתַּ֛ן כֶּ֥תֶר מַלְכ֖וּת בְּ⁠רֹאשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE и на голову которого надевают корону царства The implication is that this would be done to show that this was one of the king’s own horses. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that has a royal crown on its head to show that it belongs to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 8 abz1 figs-abstractnouns כֶּ֥תֶר מַלְכ֖וּת 1 INTCORE корону царства **Royalty** is an abstract noun that refers to the royal authority that the king exercised. You can translate this idea with an adjective, “a royal crown.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 6 9 pp3l figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָת֨וֹן הַ⁠לְּב֜וּשׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סּ֗וּס עַל־יַד־אִ֞ישׁ מִ⁠שָּׂרֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 INTCORE и пусть дадут одежду и коня в руки одному из… правителей царя Here, **hand** is a metaphor meaning power, control, or authority. It appears that the king himself would not perform such acts of service to one of his subjects even if he really wanted to honor that person. So Haman is saying that on behalf of the king, representing his authority and power, one of the king’s most noble officials should present the man with the robe and the horse. Alternate translation: “then, on your behalf, have one of your most noble officials present the man with the robe and the horse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 9 j1d3 figs-123person אִ֞ישׁ מִ⁠שָּׂרֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַֽ⁠פַּרְתְּמִ֔ים 1 INTCORE одному из знатнейших правителей царя Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you can use the second person. Alternate translation: “one of your most noble officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 9 pfz6 figs-explicit וְ⁠הִלְבִּ֨ישׁוּ֙ 1 INTCORE и пусть оденут Since **them** is plural, it likely refers to the king’s servants. You can say this explicitly if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “have your servants clothe … with the robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 9 j1d5 figs-idiom הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּֽ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE того человека, которого царь желает почтить **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the man whom you really want to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 9 abz2 figs-123person הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּֽ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE того человека, которого царь желает почтить Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would clearer in your language, you can use the second person. Alternate translation: “the man whom you really want to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 9 abz4 בִּ⁠רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 RUQuote This refers to a large, open space in the city, either the space that was in front of the palace (as in [4:6](../04/06.md)), or a space inside one of the city gates. In either case, this would have been a public area where people could gather, and so it was a place where a great number of people would have seen how the king was honoring Mordecai. Alternate translation: “through the public square of the city”
EST 6 9 qs3k וְ⁠קָרְא֣וּ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “and tell the noble official and servants to proclaim” or “and have them shout out”
EST 6 9 j1d7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 INTCORE перед ним Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that the servants were to shout out to the people in front of the man on the horse, that is, to the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “to whoever is in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 9 j1d9 figs-idiom כָּ֚כָה יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה לָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE Так делают с человеком, которого царь желает почтить **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this because he really wants to honor this man” or “this is what the king does when he especially wants to honor someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 9 pwgm figs-activepassive כָּ֚כָה יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה 1 INTCORE Так делают You can say this with an active form, and you can say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this” or “this is what the king does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 10 j2d1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 INTCORE И сказал царь Аману The implication is that the king liked Haman’s suggestion. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king liked this idea, so he replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 10 abz5 כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבַּ֔רְתָּ וַֽ⁠עֲשֵׂה־כֵן֙ 1 RUQuote Ничего не забудь - значит "сделай всё, что ты сказал". Вместо отрицательной конструкции можно использовать утвердительную: "убедись в том, что ты сделал всё, что сказал".
EST 6 10 abz6 figs-idiom הַ⁠יּוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 INTCORE сидящим у ворот царя As in [2:19](../02/19.md), this is likely an idiom which means that Mordecai worked for the king in some capacity and was stationed at the gate. Alternate translation: “one of my servants, who is stationed at the king’s gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 10 abz7 figs-123person הַ⁠יּוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 INTCORE сидящим у ворот царя Here the king speaks of himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “one of my servants, who is stationed at the gate to the palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 10 gln7 figs-metaphor אַל־תַּפֵּ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר 1 INTCORE не упусти ничего Here the action of letting **fall** is a metaphor meaning to leave out or leave unfulfilled. The phrase means that Haman must do absolutely everything that he said. Alternate translation: “do not leave out anything that you suggested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 10 abz8 figs-doublenegatives אַל־תַּפֵּ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר 1 INTCORE не упусти ничего This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Be sure to do absolutely everything that you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EST 6 11 abz9 וַ⁠יַּרְכִּיבֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ בִּ⁠רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 RUQuote See how you translated these expressions in verse 9. Alternate translation: “seated him on the horse and then led the horse through the public square of the city”
EST 6 11 j2d5 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 INTCORE и провозглашал перед ним: Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman shouted out to the people in front of Mordecai, that is, the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “called out to all of the people in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 11 j2d7 figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE которого царь желает почтить **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this because he really wants to honor this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 12 uri5 translate-symaction אָבֵ֖ל וַ⁠חֲפ֥וּי רֹֽאשׁ 1 INTCORE скорбя и с покрытой головой Люди обычно покрывали голову в знак глубокого горя или стыда (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 6 13 j3d1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֨ר הָמָ֜ן 1 INTCORE И рассказал Аман The implication is that, just as Haman gathered his friends together in [5:10](../05/10.md) to boast of his status, now he gathered them together once again to talk about what had just happened. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Haman brought all his friends together again. He told …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 13 aca1 figs-explicit כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָרָ֑⁠הוּ 1 INTCORE И сказали ему его мудрецы и Зерешь The implication is that he told about the things that had happened to him “that day.” If that would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 13 aca2 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֩אמְרוּ֩ ל֨⁠וֹ חֲכָמָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠זֶ֣רֶשׁ 1 INTCORE И сказали ему его мудрецы и Зерешь The implication is that, just as King Ahasuerus had royal advisors, Haman had advisors of his own. They would have been included among the “friends” he gathered for this occasion. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his friends were also his advisors, and they and his wife Zeresh told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 13 aca3 חֲכָמָ֜י⁠ו 1 RUQuote See how you translated this expression in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “his advisors”
EST 6 13 fd5k figs-metaphor אִ֣ם…מָרְדֳּכַ֞י אֲשֶׁר֩ הַחִלּ֨וֹתָ לִ⁠נְפֹּ֤ל לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 INTCORE Если… Мардохей, перед которым ты начал падать Зерешь имеет в виду противостояние, возникшее между Аманом и Мардохеем. Аман начинает проигрывать Мардохею. "Начал падать" - значит "терпишь поражение и позор". Альтернативный перевод: "который унизил тебя,.. несомненно будешь им побеждён" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 j3d3 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 INTCORE перед которым Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase either means (1) that Haman has already begun to fall down (bow down) in front of Mordecai figuratively, or (2) that Haman and Mordecai are facing one another figuratively in hand-to-hand combat. Alternate translation: “before whom” or “in whose presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 13 p5t2 figs-metaphor מִ⁠זֶּ֣רַע הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֡ים 1 INTCORE падением упадёшь Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “one of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 nan5 figs-metaphor לֹא־תוּכַ֣ל ל֔⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE тебе его не пересилить Ты не сможешь ему противостоять. "Пересилить" - значит "заслужить больше почестей по сравнению с Мардохеем". Можно сказать: "ты не сможешь стать более почётным, чем он" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 j3d5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּֽי 1 INTCORE но This conjunction indicates a contrast between the actions of prevailing (in the previous clause) and falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EST 6 13 j3d7 figs-metaphor נָפ֥וֹל תִּפּ֖וֹל 1 INTCORE падением упадёшь Here the action of **falling** (1) either refers once again to prostrating oneself, and is a metaphor meaning to be dishonored and defeated, or (2) Haman’s wife and friends are saying that for Haman, defeat will be the outcome of the figurative battle. Alternate translation: “you will certainly lose to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 j3d9 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו 1 INTCORE перед ним Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman will lose in his struggle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “before him” or “in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 14 j4d1 grammar-connect-time-background עוֹדָ⁠ם֙ מְדַבְּרִ֣ים עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE Пока они ещё разговаривали с ним This phrase indicates something that happened after Haman’s wife and friends started talking with Haman and while they were still talking. You should indicate this with a phrase such as “while.” Alternate translation: “while they were still talking together, the king’s eunuchs arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
EST 6 14 aca4 translate-unknown וְ⁠סָרִיסֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 INTCORE евнухи царя See how you decided to translate this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Not all of the king’s eunuchs came. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the king’s servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 14 aca5 וַ⁠יַּבְהִ֨לוּ֙ לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא אֶת־הָמָ֔ן 1 RUQuote Alternative translation: “they wanted to bring Haman quickly”
EST 6 14 aca6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־עָשְׂתָ֥ה אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 INTCORE который сделала Есфирь. Esther’s servants would have done most of the work of preparing the banquet. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Esther and her servants had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 1 j85r writing-newevent בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֔וּא 1 В ту ночь This introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural way of introducing a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 6 1 abw9 figs-personification נָדְדָ֖ה שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 пропал сон царя Here, **sleep** is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could flee away. Alternate translation: “the king could not sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 6 1 abx1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר לְ⁠הָבִ֞יא 1 и сказал он принести **He** means the king. The implication is that he told the young men who attended him to do this. Verses 3 and 5 indicate this. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so he commanded his servants to fetch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 1 abx2 סֵ֤פֶר הַ⁠זִּכְרֹנוֹת֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים 1 книгу памятных записей хроники дней This is equivalent to the expression “the book of the events of days” in [2:23](../02/23.md). See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “the royal chronicles” or “the records of what had happened during all the time that he had been king”
EST 6 1 abx3 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ נִקְרָאִ֖ים 1 и они читались This means that the chronicles were read out loud. You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the young men got the chronicles and began to read them out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 1 j87r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 перед царём Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the book was being read in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 2 u4gi figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵ֣א כָת֗וּב 1 И была найдена запись Both terms **found** and **recorded** can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the writers had recorded there” or “they read the part where the writers had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 2 abx4 figs-explicit הִגִּ֨יד מָרְדֳּכַ֜י עַל 1 Мардохей сообщил о The implication is that Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering the plot and telling him about it. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering a plot against the king and telling him about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 2 abx5 figs-events הִגִּ֨יד מָרְדֳּכַ֜י עַל 1 Мардохей сообщил о To relate the events in chronological order, you can put this at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “but Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering their plot and telling him about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 6 2 syd9 translate-names בִּגְתָ֣נָא וָ⁠תֶ֗רֶשׁ 1 Гавафе и Фарре These are the same two men who are named in [2:21](../02/21.md). However, there the first man’s name is said to be “Bigthan.” Decide on a consistent way of translating these names so your readers will know that they are the same men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 6 2 abx6 translate-unknown שְׁנֵי֙ סָרִיסֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 двух евнухах царя See how you translated the term **eunuch** in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “two of the royal guardians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 2 abx7 מִ⁠שֹּׁמְרֵ֖י הַ⁠סַּ֑ף 1 из охранявших порог See how you translated this expression in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “who protected the doorway to the king’s private quarters”
EST 6 2 abx8 figs-metaphor בִּקְשׁוּ֙ 1 задумали Here, **seeking** figuratively means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they had planned” or “they had tried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 2 j89r figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד 1 наложить руки As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. Alternate translation: “to assassinate” or “to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 3 lmz6 figs-hendiadys מַֽה־נַּעֲשָׂ֞ה יְקָ֧ר וּ⁠גְדוּלָּ֛ה לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֖י 1 Какие честь и величие были сделаны Мардохею **Honor** and **greatness** have similar meanings and they are used together to emphasize that Mordecai should certainly have been honored in some grand way for saving the king’s life. If it would be clearer in your language, you can express this by putting the terms together. For example, you could say, “What great honor was done for Mordecai?” Alternate translation: “what did we do to reward Mordecai or to show that we appreciated what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 6 3 aby0 figs-activepassive נַּעֲשָׂ֞ה 1 были сделаны Здесь также можно употребить действительный залог. Однако у читателя не должно создасться впечатления, что слуги обвиняют царя. Альтернативный перевод: "Никто ничего не сделал для Мардохея" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 3 n2az figs-activepassive לֹא־נַעֲשָׂ֥ה עִמּ֖⁠וֹ דָּבָֽר 1 Для него ничего не было сделано You can say this with an active form. However, it would be good to say this in a way that does not create the impression that the young men are accusing the king. Alternate translation: “no one did anything for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 3 aby1 עַל־זֶ֑ה 1 за это Alternate translation: “for saving my life”
EST 6 4 aby2 figs-explicit מִ֣י בֶ⁠חָצֵ֑ר 1 Кто во дворе This could mean either: (1) The king knows that there is someone in the courtyard, maybe because he heard someone walking there; he wants to know who it is. (2) Since there are always people around the palace, the king assumes that there must be someone out in the courtyard. In either case, the king wants to know if there is someone there with whom he could consult about the best way to honor Mordecai. As the story has already said in [1:13](../01/13.md), it was the king’s habit to consult his advisors on important questions. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king wanted to consult someone about the best way to honor Mordecai, so he asked, ‘who is in the courtyard’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 4 aby3 מִ֣י בֶ⁠חָצֵ֑ר 1 Кто во дворе In order to present the events in logical and chronological order, you can put the king’s question last in the verse if that would be more natural in your language. Haman had already come in the courtyard by the time the king asked this question.
EST 6 4 j91r grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠הָמָ֣ן בָּ֗א לַ⁠חֲצַ֤ר בֵּית־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַ⁠חִ֣יצוֹנָ֔ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לִ⁠תְלוֹת֙ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֔י עַל־הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ אֲשֶׁר־הֵכִ֥ין לֽ⁠וֹ 1 А Аман пришёл во внешний двор дома царя, чтобы сказать царю, чтобы повесили Мардохея на дереве, которое он приготовил для него This sentence indicates that Haman had already entered the outer court when King Ahasuerus asked his question. You could indicate this with a phrase such as “at that moment” or “just then” or “while they were talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
EST 6 4 rg8t לַ⁠חֲצַ֤ר בֵּית־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַ⁠חִ֣יצוֹנָ֔ה 1 во внешний двор дома царя Alternate translation: “the outer courtyard of the palace” This phrase is describing the first courtyard a person would come to after entering the palace from the outside.
EST 6 4 vu7p לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לִ⁠תְלוֹת֙ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 чтобы сказать царю, чтобы повесили Мардохея Alternate translation: “to tell the king that he wanted to hang Mordecai” or “to tell the king that he wanted to impale Mordecai”
EST 6 4 at53 הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ אֲשֶׁר־הֵכִ֥ין לֽ⁠וֹ 1 дереве, которое он приготовил для него Alternate translation: “on the pole that he had set up” or “on the gallows that he had set up for Mordecai”
EST 6 4 aby4 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 дереве See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md) and [5:14](../05/14.md). Review<br>the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 5 aby5 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמְר֜וּ נַעֲרֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 И сказали юноши царя It is implied that the young men went and looked, perhaps through a window or a doorway, to see who might be in the courtyard before they answered the king. You can say so if it would make the translation clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the young men who served the king looked and saw that Haman was in the courtyard. They said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 5 j93r figs-explicit הִנֵּ֥ה 1 Вот This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. You could also have the young men address the king directly to get his attention. Alternate translation: “O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 5 j95r יָבֽוֹא 1 Пусть войдёт Alternate translation: “he may come in”
EST 6 6 j97r וַ⁠יָּבוֹא֮ הָמָן֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 И вошёл Аман, и сказал ему царь Alternate translation: “when Haman came in, the king said”
EST 6 6 ky5i figs-123person מַה־לַ⁠עֲשׂ֕וֹת בָּ⁠אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 Что сделать человеку, которого царь желает почтить Здесь царь говорит о себе в третьем лице. Вместо третьего лица вы можете использовать первое: "Что мне сделать для человека, которому я хочу оказать почесть?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 6 n3r5 figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 которого царь желает почтить Отличить почестью - это устойчивое выражение, употребляющееся в значении "открыто выразить почтение", "наградить". Альтернативный перевод: "которого царь хочет наградить", "которого царь желает почтить" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 6 jh4i figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָמָן֙ בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 И сказал Аман в своём сердце Под "сердцем" подразумевается человеческая душа. Можно сказать: "подумал" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 6 yft1 figs-rquestion לְ⁠מִ֞י יַחְפֹּ֥ץ הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת יְקָ֖ר יוֹתֵ֥ר מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 Кому пожелает царь сделать честь больше, чем мне Вместо вопроса можно использовать утверждение: "Царь, безусловно, желает оказать мне честь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EST 6 7 j1d1 figs-idiom אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 Человеку, которого царь желает почтить **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do it and to really want to do it. Alternate translation: “for a man the king is glad to honor” or “for a man the king wants to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 7 aby6 figs-123person אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 Человеку, которого царь желает почтить Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “if you really want to honor someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 8 mz79 figs-explicit יָבִ֨יאוּ֙ 1 пусть принесут The implication is that the king’s servants would do this. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “let someone bring” or “tell your servants to bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 8 aby7 figs-abstractnouns לְב֣וּשׁ מַלְכ֔וּת אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָֽבַשׁ־בּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 царскую одежду, в которую одевается царь **Royalty** is an abstract noun that refers to anything that belongs to the king. You can translate this idea with an adjective, “a royal garment.” Alternate translation: “one of your own royal robes that you have already worn yourself” or “one of the robes you wear to show that you are the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 6 8 aby8 figs-123person אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָֽבַשׁ־בּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 в которую одевается царь Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “that you have already worn yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 8 aby9 figs-123person וְ⁠ס֗וּס אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָכַ֤ב עָלָי⁠ו֙ 1 и коня, на котором ездит Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “a horse that you have already ridden yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 8 r63j figs-activepassive וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִתַּ֛ן כֶּ֥תֶר מַלְכ֖וּת בְּ⁠רֹאשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 и на голову которого надевают корону царства This whole phrase refers to the horse. You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and that has a royal crown on its head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 8 abz0 figs-explicit וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִתַּ֛ן כֶּ֥תֶר מַלְכ֖וּת בְּ⁠רֹאשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 и на голову которого надевают корону царства The implication is that this would be done to show that this was one of the king’s own horses. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that has a royal crown on its head to show that it belongs to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 8 abz1 figs-abstractnouns כֶּ֥תֶר מַלְכ֖וּת 1 корону царства **Royalty** is an abstract noun that refers to the royal authority that the king exercised. You can translate this idea with an adjective, “a royal crown.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 6 9 pp3l figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָת֨וֹן הַ⁠לְּב֜וּשׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סּ֗וּס עַל־יַד־אִ֞ישׁ מִ⁠שָּׂרֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 и пусть дадут одежду и коня в руки одному из… правителей царя Here, **hand** is a metaphor meaning power, control, or authority. It appears that the king himself would not perform such acts of service to one of his subjects even if he really wanted to honor that person. So Haman is saying that on behalf of the king, representing his authority and power, one of the king’s most noble officials should present the man with the robe and the horse. Alternate translation: “then, on your behalf, have one of your most noble officials present the man with the robe and the horse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 9 j1d3 figs-123person אִ֞ישׁ מִ⁠שָּׂרֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַֽ⁠פַּרְתְּמִ֔ים 1 одному из знатнейших правителей царя Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you can use the second person. Alternate translation: “one of your most noble officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 9 pfz6 figs-explicit וְ⁠הִלְבִּ֨ישׁוּ֙ 1 и пусть оденут Since **them** is plural, it likely refers to the king’s servants. You can say this explicitly if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “have your servants clothe … with the robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 9 j1d5 figs-idiom הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּֽ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 того человека, которого царь желает почтить **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the man whom you really want to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 9 abz2 figs-123person הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּֽ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 того человека, которого царь желает почтить Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would clearer in your language, you can use the second person. Alternate translation: “the man whom you really want to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 9 abz4 בִּ⁠רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 на городскую площадь This refers to a large, open space in the city, either the space that was in front of the palace (as in [4:6](../04/06.md)), or a space inside one of the city gates. In either case, this would have been a public area where people could gather, and so it was a place where a great number of people would have seen how the king was honoring Mordecai. Alternate translation: “through the public square of the city”
EST 6 9 qs3k וְ⁠קָרְא֣וּ 1 и провозглашают Alternate translation: “and tell the noble official and servants to proclaim” or “and have them shout out”
EST 6 9 j1d7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 перед ним Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that the servants were to shout out to the people in front of the man on the horse, that is, to the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “to whoever is in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 9 j1d9 figs-idiom כָּ֚כָה יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה לָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 Так делают с человеком, которого царь желает почтить **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this because he really wants to honor this man” or “this is what the king does when he especially wants to honor someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 9 pwgm figs-activepassive כָּ֚כָה יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה 1 Так делают INTCORE Так делают You can say this with an active form, and you can say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this” or “this is what the king does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 10 j2d1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 И сказал царь The implication is that the king liked Haman’s suggestion. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king liked this idea, so he replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 10 abz5 כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבַּ֔רְתָּ וַֽ⁠עֲשֵׂה־כֵן֙ 1 как ты сказал, и сделай так Ничего не забудь - значит "сделай всё, что ты сказал". Вместо отрицательной конструкции можно использовать утвердительную: "убедись в том, что ты сделал всё, что сказал".
EST 6 10 abz6 figs-idiom הַ⁠יּוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 сидящим у ворот царя As in [2:19](../02/19.md), this is likely an idiom which means that Mordecai worked for the king in some capacity and was stationed at the gate. Alternate translation: “one of my servants, who is stationed at the king’s gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 10 abz7 figs-123person הַ⁠יּוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 сидящим у ворот царя Here the king speaks of himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “one of my servants, who is stationed at the gate to the palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 10 gln7 figs-metaphor אַל־תַּפֵּ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר 1 и не упусти ничего Here the action of letting **fall** is a metaphor meaning to leave out or leave unfulfilled. The phrase means that Haman must do absolutely everything that he said. Alternate translation: “do not leave out anything that you suggested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 10 abz8 figs-doublenegatives אַל־תַּפֵּ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר 1 и не упусти ничего This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Be sure to do absolutely everything that you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EST 6 11 abz9 וַ⁠יַּרְכִּיבֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ בִּ⁠רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 и вывел его верхом на городскую площадь See how you translated these expressions in verse 9. Alternate translation: “seated him on the horse and then led the horse through the public square of the city”
EST 6 11 j2d5 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 и провозглашал перед ним Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman shouted out to the people in front of Mordecai, that is, the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “called out to all of the people in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 11 j2d7 figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 которого царь желает почтить **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this because he really wants to honor this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 12 uri5 translate-symaction אָבֵ֖ל וַ⁠חֲפ֥וּי רֹֽאשׁ 1 скорбя и с покрытой головой Люди обычно покрывали голову в знак глубокого горя или стыда (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 6 13 j3d1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֨ר הָמָ֜ן 1 И рассказал Аман The implication is that, just as Haman gathered his friends together in [5:10](../05/10.md) to boast of his status, now he gathered them together once again to talk about what had just happened. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Haman brought all his friends together again. He told …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 13 aca1 figs-explicit כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָרָ֑⁠הוּ 1 всём, что с ним случилось The implication is that he told about the things that had happened to him “that day.” If that would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 13 aca2 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֩אמְרוּ֩ ל֨⁠וֹ חֲכָמָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠זֶ֣רֶשׁ 1 И сказали ему его мудрецы и Зерешь The implication is that, just as King Ahasuerus had royal advisors, Haman had advisors of his own. They would have been included among the “friends” he gathered for this occasion. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his friends were also his advisors, and they and his wife Zeresh told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 13 aca3 חֲכָמָ֜י⁠ו 1 его мудрецы See how you translated this expression in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “his advisors”
EST 6 13 fd5k figs-metaphor אִ֣ם…מָרְדֳּכַ֞י אֲשֶׁר֩ הַחִלּ֨וֹתָ לִ⁠נְפֹּ֤ל לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 Если… Мардохей, перед которым ты начал падать Зерешь имеет в виду противостояние, возникшее между Аманом и Мардохеем. Аман начинает проигрывать Мардохею. "Начал падать" - значит "терпишь поражение и позор". Альтернативный перевод: "который унизил тебя,.. несомненно будешь им побеждён" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 j3d3 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 перед которым Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase either means (1) that Haman has already begun to fall down (bow down) in front of Mordecai figuratively, or (2) that Haman and Mordecai are facing one another figuratively in hand-to-hand combat. Alternate translation: “before whom” or “in whose presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 13 p5t2 figs-metaphor מִ⁠זֶּ֣רַע הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֡ים 1 из семени иудеев Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “one of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 nan5 figs-metaphor לֹא־תוּכַ֣ל ל֔⁠וֹ 1 тебе его не пересилить Ты не сможешь ему противостоять. "Пересилить" - значит "заслужить больше почестей по сравнению с Мардохеем". Можно сказать: "ты не сможешь стать более почётным, чем он" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 j3d5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּֽי 1 но This conjunction indicates a contrast between the actions of prevailing (in the previous clause) and falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EST 6 13 j3d7 figs-metaphor נָפ֥וֹל תִּפּ֖וֹל 1 падением упадёшь ты Here the action of **falling** (1) either refers once again to prostrating oneself, and is a metaphor meaning to be dishonored and defeated, or (2) Haman’s wife and friends are saying that for Haman, defeat will be the outcome of the figurative battle. Alternate translation: “you will certainly lose to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 j3d9 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו 1 перед ним Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman will lose in his struggle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “before him” or “in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 14 j4d1 grammar-connect-time-background עוֹדָ⁠ם֙ מְדַבְּרִ֣ים עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Пока они ещё разговаривали с ним This phrase indicates something that happened after Haman’s wife and friends started talking with Haman and while they were still talking. You should indicate this with a phrase such as “while.” Alternate translation: “while they were still talking together, the king’s eunuchs arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
EST 6 14 aca4 translate-unknown וְ⁠סָרִיסֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 евнухи царя See how you decided to translate this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Not all of the king’s eunuchs came. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the king’s servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 14 aca5 וַ⁠יַּבְהִ֨לוּ֙ לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא אֶת־הָמָ֔ן 1 и поторопили, чтобы отвести Амана Alternative translation: “they wanted to bring Haman quickly”
EST 6 14 aca6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־עָשְׂתָ֥ה אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 который сделала Есфирь Esther’s servants would have done most of the work of preparing the banquet. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Esther and her servants had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Есфирь 07 Общие замечания<br><br>### Структура и оформление<br><br>В этой главе завершается история о падении Амана.<br><br>### Прочие трудности, возникающие при переводе данной главы<br><br>#### Аману накрыли лицо<br><br>Когда слуги царя "накрыли лицо Аману", это означало, что он был осуждён и приговорён к смерти (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]]).<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 07:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../06/intro.md) | [>>](../08/intro.md)__
EST 7 1 n8vb figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠הָמָ֔ן לִ⁠שְׁתּ֖וֹת עִם־אֶסְתֵּ֥ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּֽה 1 INTCORE И пришли царь и Аман пиршествовать с Есфирью, царицей Esther hosted Ahasuerus and Haman for more than just drinks. This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. An entire banquet is being described here by reference to one part of it, the drinks. Alternate translation: “so the king and Haman went to the second banquet that Queen Esther had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 7 2 xt9f translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 INTCORE на второй день This refers to the day after the first banquet, as mentioned in [5:8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “at that second banquet” or “on that second day of feasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 7 2 s5ae בְּ⁠מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “while they were drinking wine” or “while the servants were pouring the wine and giving it to them”
EST 7 2 yks7 figs-parallelism מַה־שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֛⁠ךְ…וְ⁠תִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֑⁠ךְ וּ⁠מַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛⁠ךְ עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ 1 INTCORE Какое твоё прошение… Оно будет дано тебе. И какая твоя просьба? До половины царства — будет сделано Абстрактное существительное "желание" может быть переведено глаголами "просить", "хотеть": "О чём ты хотела меня попросить?", "Что ты хотела от меня?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 7 2 p1xt figs-explicit מַה־שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֛⁠ךְ 1 INTCORE Какое твоё прошение Ahasuerus has now allowed Esther to show her hospitality at two banquets. But he knows that she has done this as a gesture of respect for him and their relationship, and that this signals that she has an important and urgent request to make. You can indicate this by having the king ask, “Now please tell me what you really want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 2 sem7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠תִנָּ֣תֵֽן…וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ 1 INTCORE Оно будет дано тебе… будет сделано Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "я дам тебе всё, о чём ты меня попросишь" или "я выполню любую твою просьбу" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 7 2 j4d3 figs-abstractnouns שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֛⁠ךְ…בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛⁠ךְ 1 INTCORE твоё прошение… твоя просьба The two abstract nouns **petition** and **request** can be expressed with a single phrase using the verb “want.” Alternate translation: “what you really want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 7 2 j4d5 figs-hyperbole עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת 1 INTCORE До половины царства See how you translated this expression in [5:3](../05/03.md) and [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “I will give you anything you ask for, no matter how great it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EST 7 3 ac96 figs-hendiadys וַ⁠תַּ֨עַן…וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֔ר 1 INTCORE И ответила… и сказала Здесь также можно употребить действиетльный залог: "Если ты попросишь у меня даже полцарства, я дам его тебе" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 7 3 k27c figs-idiom אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 INTCORE Если я нашла расположение в твоих глазах Приобрести расположение - это идиома, означающая "снискать милость". "В твоих глазах" - это метафора со значением "перед тобой". Можно сказать: "Если я снискала милость перед тобой" или "если ты мной доволен" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 3 aca7 figs-metonymy אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 INTCORE Если я нашла расположение в твоих глазах Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 7 3 j4d7 הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 RUQuote In this case, Esther is addressing Ahasuerus directly as “O king”; she is not speaking about him in the third person as a sign of respect, as she and others usually do elsewhere in the story. This may indicate a special urgency to what she is saying, so it would be good to include this difference in your translation or indicate the urgency in some other way.
EST 7 3 aca8 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ ט֑וֹב 1 INTCORE Если я нашла расположение в твоих глазах This is an idiom that also appears in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), [5:4](../05/04.md), and [5:8](../05/08.md). The suggested translation in those cases was, “If it seems like a good plan to you, O king.” That was suitable for the deferential tone the speakers were using. But here, Esther has just addressed the king directly with “O king” and she is pleading urgently for the survival of her whole people. So an alternate translation here could be something more like, “I hope you will be willing to do what I ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 3 aca9 figs-parallelism תִּנָּֽתֶן־לִ֤⁠י נַפְשִׁ⁠י֙ בִּ⁠שְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔⁠י וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י בְּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י 1 INTCORE пусть будут подарены мне моя душа, по моему прошению, и мой народ, по моей просьбе The phrases **at my petition** and **at my request** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the urgency of the request. If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the two requests. Alternate translation: “please spare my life and save my people” or “my request is that you spare my life and the lives of my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 7 3 j4d9 figs-activepassive תִּנָּֽתֶן־לִ֤⁠י נַפְשִׁ⁠י֙ 1 INTCORE пусть будут подарены мне моя душа You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “please spare my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 7 3 bvi1 figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠שְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔⁠י 1 INTCORE по моему прошению Абстрактное существительное "просба" может быть заменено глаголом "просить": "вот о чём я тебя попрошу" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 7 3 qghp figs-ellipsis וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 INTCORE и мой народ If this is unclear in your language, you can repeat from the previous clause the words that have been left out. Alternate translation: “and let my people be given to me”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EST 7 3 j5d1 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י 1 INTCORE по моей просьбе The abstract noun **request** can be expressed with the verb “ask for.” Alternate translation: “rhat is what I am asking for” or “rhat is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 7 4 acb1 figs-metaphor כִּ֤י נִמְכַּ֨רְנוּ֙ 1 INTCORE Потому что проданы мы Это метафора, означающая "мы были преданы". Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "люди предали нас" или "кто-то предал нас врагам" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 4 fhs7 figs-activepassive כִּ֤י נִמְכַּ֨רְנוּ֙ 1 INTCORE Потому что проданы мы You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone has sold us” or “for someone has put us in danger of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 7 4 e9cx figs-doublet לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֖יד לַ⁠הֲר֣וֹג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֑ד 1 INTCORE на истребление, и на убийство, и на гибель Эти три слова являются синонимами, но используются вместе для усиления мысли. Вместо существительных можно употребить глаголы: "чтобы наши враги нас убили, истребили и погубили" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 7 4 yg01 figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֖יד לַ⁠הֲר֣וֹג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֑ד 1 INTCORE на истребление, и на убийство, и на гибель If your language does not use abstract nouns such as these, you can replace them with one or more verbs. Alternate translation: “and they are going to kill every one of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 7 4 acb2 וְ֠⁠אִלּוּ לַ⁠עֲבָדִ֨ים וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׁפָח֤וֹת נִמְכַּ֨רְנוּ֙ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “if the men and even the women had been sold into slavery”
EST 7 4 j5d3 figs-hyperbole אֵ֥ין הַ⁠צָּ֛ר שֹׁוֶ֖ה בְּ⁠נֵ֥זֶק הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 INTCORE враг не сто́ит того, чтобы беспокоить царя Esther is speaking very deferentially and with some exaggeration in order to impress on the king how important this is to her. She is saying that it would have been worth less to her to see her people rescued from slavery than it would have been to see the king spared the trouble of intervening on their behalf. (Haman uses the expression of “not equal” in this same sense in [5:13](../05/13.md).) Alternate translation: “that would have been a matter too small to bother you with” or “that would be a small matter to a king like you, but this is very much worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EST 7 4 acb4 figs-123person הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 INTCORE царя Esther addresses King Ahasuerus in the third person as a way of showing respect. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 7 5 acb5 figs-doublet וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙…וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 INTCORE И сказал… и сказал These two words mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 7 5 acb6 figs-parallelism מִ֣י ה֥וּא זֶה֙ וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא 1 INTCORE Кто это такой, и где тот These two phrases mean similar things. They both ask about the identity of the man who is trying to destroy the Jews. King Ahasuerus uses the repetition to emphasize how outraged he is. If the repetition would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two phrases. However, from another perspective, both the man’s identity and his location are important to know so that his plot can be stopped. So, for that reason, you could also decide to include both phrases in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 7 5 acb7 מִ֣י ה֥וּא זֶה֙ וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא 1 INTCORE Кто это такой, и где тот Alternate translation: “who has done this”
EST 7 5 dl4b figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁר־מְלָא֥⁠וֹ לִבּ֖⁠וֹ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת כֵּֽן 1 INTCORE и где тот, кто осмелился в своём сердце так сделать?» Here the concept of a **full heart** uses two metaphors at once. “Heart” figuratively represents the action of thinking or feeling. Also, saying that the “heart” is “full” is a figurative way of saying that someone is fully intending to do something, usually something that should not be done. Alternate translation: “where is the man who is intending to do such a thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 6 j5d5 figs-doublet צַ֣ר וְ⁠אוֹיֵ֔ב 1 INTCORE Один враг и недруг These words mean the same thing. Together, they emphasize Haman’s complete hostility towards the Jews. If it is more natural in your language, you can combine them and indicate the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “the one who is our absolute nemesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 7 6 ar4f נִבְעַ֔ת 1 RUQuote Alternative translation: “was extremely afraid”
EST 7 6 j5d9 figs-metonymy נִבְעַ֔ת מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 INTCORE ужаснулся перед Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that Haman was now extremely afraid to be in the presence of King Ahasuerus and Queen Esther. Alternate translation: “this made Haman very afraid to be in the presence of the king and the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 7 7 bzd4 figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ קָ֤ם בַּ⁠חֲמָת⁠וֹ֙ מִ⁠מִּשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן 1 INTCORE И царь встал в своём гневе от питья вина Быть в гневе - значит "испытывать сильный гнев". Можно сказать: "Царь пришёл в ярость и поднялся со своего места" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 7 j6d1 figs-explicit אֶל־גִּנַּ֖ת הַ⁠בִּיתָ֑ן 1 INTCORE встал… и пошёл в сад дворца The implication is that Ahasuerus went outside to absorb the shock that a man he had promoted to the highest position in his empire was plotting to destroy his queen and her whole people. Ahasuerus needed to sort out his conflicting loyalties and decide what to do about this. If it is clearer, you can say explicitly why he went outside. Alternate translation: “he went outside to the palace garden to decide what to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 7 uaq6 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בַקֵּ֤שׁ עַל־נַפְשׁ⁠וֹ֙ 1 INTCORE умолять о своей душе Here, **seeking** figuratively means to beg or plead urgently for something. This phrase means that Haman wanted to beg Esther to persuade the king not to order his execution. Alternate translation: “to plead with Queen Esther to spare his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 7 qz1m figs-metaphor כִּ֣י רָאָ֔ה 1 INTCORE потому что видел Here, **seeing** is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “he realized” or “he understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 7 nin1 figs-activepassive כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 INTCORE определено ему зло от царя Здесь можно употребить действительный залог, а абстрактное словосочетание "злая участь" можно заменить на глаголы "убить", "казнить": "царь принял решение его убить" или "царь был намерен его казнить" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 7 7 j6d3 figs-abstractnouns כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 INTCORE определено ему зло от царя Here the abstract noun **evil** means “harm,” not something that is morally wrong as in the previous verse. In this context, it can be expressed with a verb such as “execute.” Alternate translation: “the king was likely to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 7 8 j6d5 figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֡לֶךְ שָׁב֩…וְ⁠הָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל 1 INTCORE И царь вернулся… а Аман припал The implication is that when the king returned to the room, he saw what this verse describes next. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the king returned …, he saw that Haman had fallen …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 8 h4c7 figs-explicit וְ⁠הָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַ⁠מִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 INTCORE и лицо Амана накрыли The implication is that Haman was doing this as he pleaded for his life. If it would be clearer in your language, you can add that information to the end of this phrase: “… as he was begging Esther to spare his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 8 acb8 figs-events וְ⁠הָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַ⁠מִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 INTCORE а Аман припал к кушетке, на которой была Есфирь If you prefer to present the events in chronological order, you can put this information first in the verse. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 7 8 acb9 figs-idiom וְ⁠הָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַ⁠מִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 INTCORE Это слово вышло из уст царя The expression **was fallen** means that as Haman was begging for his life, he was not standing up; he had suddenly come down very close to Esther as she was reclining on a couch. (From the impression that the king got when he returned, it is possible that Haman was even grabbing her arms or shoulders as he pleaded with Esther.) Alternate translation: “Haman had come down very close to Esther as she was reclining on a banqueting couch” or “Haman had thrown himself down on the couch where Esther was reclining”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 8 acc0 הַ⁠מִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 RUQuote In this culture, especially at a banquet like this one, wealthy people would recline on couches as they ate and drank. Alternate translation: “Esther’s banqueting couch”
EST 7 8 thq6 figs-rquestion הֲ֠⁠גַם לִ⁠כְבּ֧וֹשׁ אֶת־הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה עִמִּ֖⁠י בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 INTCORE Ещё и насиловать царицу со мной в доме Царь произносит данную фразу, чтобы выразить негодование и ярость из-за поступка Амана. Данное предложение может быть как восклицательным, так и вопросительным: "Неужели ты собрался ещё и царицу изнасиловать в моём доме?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EST 7 8 l4ce figs-euphemism לִ⁠כְבּ֧וֹשׁ אֶת־הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה 1 INTCORE насиловать царицу The story is using a mild expression to refer to something that is disturbing. In this context, “subdue” means “rape.” The king thought that Haman was trying to rape Esther, and he likely said just that. You can show this in your translation if you want to make this clear. Alternate translation: “trying to rape the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
EST 7 8 acc1 figs-parallelism עִמִּ֖⁠י בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 INTCORE со мной в доме These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the idea that they are expressing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. However, each one does indicate something slightly different about what a serious offense it would be if Haman actually were trying to rape Esther. It would be a violation of the king’s personal trust and a violation of the trust implicit in hospitality. So you can also include both phrases. Alternate translation: “in my presence and in my own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 7 8 adq6 figs-idiom הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר יָצָא֙ מִ⁠פִּ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 INTCORE Это слово вышло из уст царя This expression describes the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “as soon as the king said this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 8 acc2 grammar-connect-time-background הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר…וּ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ 1 INTCORE Это слово… и лицо Амана накрыли Скорее всего, слуги сделали это, поскольку поняли, что царь отдал приказ о казни Амана. Альтернативный перевод: "слуги закрыли лицо Амана в знак того, что он был приговорён к смерти" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
EST 7 8 j6d9 figs-explicit וּ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ 1 INTCORE и лицо Амана накрыли The implication is that some the king’s servants who were present did this, and they did it because they understood that the king wanted Haman to be executed. Alternate translation: “some of his servants covered Haman’s face because he was going to be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 8 acc3 translate-symaction וּ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ 1 INTCORE и лицо Амана накрыли **Covering the face** in this culture, as in many others, was a sign that a person had been condemned to death. Alternate translation: “some of his servants covered Haman’s face to show that he would be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 7 9 a7ic translate-names חַ֠רְבוֹנָה 1 INTCORE Харбона Это мужское имя (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 7 9 j7d1 figs-metonymy אֶחָ֨ד מִן־הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֜ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 INTCORE один из евнухов перед лицом царя Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Harbona was one of the eunuchs who served King Ahasuerus personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 7 9 acc4 translate-unknown הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֜ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 INTCORE евнухов перед лицом царя See how you translated this term and this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “the guardians who served the king personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 7 9 j7d3 הִנֵּה 1 RUQuote **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, it can be omitted from your translation. But consider using an expression that is natural in your language for someone to address the king directly to get his attention. For example, you could say, “O king!”
EST 7 9 acc5 גַּ֣ם…הָ⁠עֵ֣ץ אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֪ה הָמָ֟ן לְֽ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֞י…עֹמֵד֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הָמָ֔ן 1 RUQuote Alternate translation:“Haman has also set up a pole [or gallows] at his house because he wants to impale [or hang] Mordecai on it”
EST 7 9 j7d5 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֣ץ 1 INTCORE евнухов перед лицом царя See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), and [6:4](../06/04.md). Review the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 7 9 j7d7 figs-idiom לְֽ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֞י אֲשֶׁ֧ר דִּבֶּר־ט֣וֹב עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 INTCORE для Мардохея, который говорил доброе для царя This expression means that Mordecai said something that benefitted the king. Specifically, Mordecai reported an assassination plot and saved the king’s life. Alternate translation: “Mordecai, who saved the king’s life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 9 j7d9 figs-123person דִּבֶּר־ט֣וֹב עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 INTCORE говорил доброе для царя Harbona addresses the king in the third person as a way of showing respect. Alternate translation: “saved your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 7 9 acc6 עֹמֵד֙ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “is set up”
EST 7 9 sre1 translate-bdistance גָּבֹ֖הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּ֑ה 1 INTCORE высотой в пятьдесят локтей Данную меру можно перевести в метры. См., как вы перевели аналогичное выражение в [Есфирь 5:14](../05/14.md). Альтернативный перевод: "двадцатиметровая виселица" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EST 7 9 acc7 figs-explicit תְּלֻ֥⁠הוּ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 INTCORE Повесьте его на нём **Him** means Haman. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “hang [or impale] Haman on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 10 j8d3 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 INTCORE дереве As in the previous verse, this refers to a wooden pole or gallows. See how you translated the term there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor וַ⁠חֲמַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שָׁכָֽכָה 1 INTCORE и гнев царя утих Гнев царя сравнивается с разгоревшимся огнём, который начал угасать. Альтернативный перевод: "ярость царя утихла" или "царь перестал гневаться" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 1 n8vb figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠הָמָ֔ן לִ⁠שְׁתּ֖וֹת עִם־אֶסְתֵּ֥ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּֽה 1 И пришли царь и Аман пиршествовать с Есфирью, царицей Esther hosted Ahasuerus and Haman for more than just drinks. This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. An entire banquet is being described here by reference to one part of it, the drinks. Alternate translation: “so the king and Haman went to the second banquet that Queen Esther had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 7 2 xt9f translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 на второй день This refers to the day after the first banquet, as mentioned in [5:8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “at that second banquet” or “on that second day of feasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 7 2 s5ae בְּ⁠מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן 1 на пире вина Alternate translation: “while they were drinking wine” or “while the servants were pouring the wine and giving it to them”
EST 7 2 yks7 figs-parallelism מַה־שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֛⁠ךְ…וְ⁠תִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֑⁠ךְ וּ⁠מַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛⁠ךְ עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ 1 Какое твоё прошение… Оно будет дано тебе. И какая твоя просьба? До половины царства — будет сделано Абстрактное существительное "желание" может быть переведено глаголами "просить", "хотеть": "О чём ты хотела меня попросить?", "Что ты хотела от меня?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 7 2 p1xt figs-explicit מַה־שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֛⁠ךְ 1 Какое твоё прошение Ahasuerus has now allowed Esther to show her hospitality at two banquets. But he knows that she has done this as a gesture of respect for him and their relationship, and that this signals that she has an important and urgent request to make. You can indicate this by having the king ask, “Now please tell me what you really want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 2 sem7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠תִנָּ֣תֵֽן…וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ 1 Оно будет дано… будет сделано Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "я дам тебе всё, о чём ты меня попросишь" или "я выполню любую твою просьбу" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 7 2 j4d3 figs-abstractnouns שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֛⁠ךְ…בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛⁠ךְ 1 твоё прошение… твоя просьба The two abstract nouns **petition** and **request** can be expressed with a single phrase using the verb “want.” Alternate translation: “what you really want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 7 2 j4d5 figs-hyperbole עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת 1 До половины царства See how you translated this expression in [5:3](../05/03.md) and [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “I will give you anything you ask for, no matter how great it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EST 7 3 ac96 figs-hendiadys וַ⁠תַּ֨עַן…וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֔ר 1  И ответила… и сказала Здесь также можно употребить действиетльный залог: "Если ты попросишь у меня даже полцарства, я дам его тебе" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 7 3 k27c figs-idiom אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Если я нашла расположение в твоих глазах Приобрести расположение - это идиома, означающая "снискать милость". "В твоих глазах" - это метафора со значением "перед тобой". Можно сказать: "Если я снискала милость перед тобой" или "если ты мной доволен" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 3 aca7 figs-metonymy אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Если я нашла расположение в твоих глазах Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 7 3 j4d7 הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 царь In this case, Esther is addressing Ahasuerus directly as “O king”; she is not speaking about him in the third person as a sign of respect, as she and others usually do elsewhere in the story. This may indicate a special urgency to what she is saying, so it would be good to include this difference in your translation or indicate the urgency in some other way.
EST 7 3 aca8 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ ט֑וֹב 1 и если угодно царю This is an idiom that also appears in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), [5:4](../05/04.md), and [5:8](../05/08.md). The suggested translation in those cases was, “If it seems like a good plan to you, O king.” That was suitable for the deferential tone the speakers were using. But here, Esther has just addressed the king directly with “O king” and she is pleading urgently for the survival of her whole people. So an alternate translation here could be something more like, “I hope you will be willing to do what I ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 3 aca9 figs-parallelism תִּנָּֽתֶן־לִ֤⁠י נַפְשִׁ⁠י֙ בִּ⁠שְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔⁠י וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י בְּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י 1 пусть будут подарены мне моя душа, по моему прошению, и мой народ, по моей просьбе The phrases **at my petition** and **at my request** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the urgency of the request. If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the two requests. Alternate translation: “please spare my life and save my people” or “my request is that you spare my life and the lives of my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 7 3 j4d9 figs-activepassive תִּנָּֽתֶן־לִ֤⁠י נַפְשִׁ⁠י֙ 1 пусть будут подарены мне моя душа You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “please spare my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 7 3 bvi1 figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠שְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔⁠י 1 по моему прошению Абстрактное существительное "просба" может быть заменено глаголом "просить": "вот о чём я тебя попрошу" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 7 3 qghp figs-ellipsis וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 и мой народ If this is unclear in your language, you can repeat from the previous clause the words that have been left out. Alternate translation: “and let my people be given to me”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EST 7 3 j5d1 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י 1 по моей просьбе The abstract noun **request** can be expressed with the verb “ask for.” Alternate translation: “rhat is what I am asking for” or “rhat is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 7 4 acb1 figs-metaphor כִּ֤י נִמְכַּ֨רְנוּ֙ 1 Потому что проданы мы Это метафора, означающая "мы были преданы". Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "люди предали нас" или "кто-то предал нас врагам" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 4 fhs7 figs-activepassive כִּ֤י נִמְכַּ֨רְנוּ֙ 1 Потому что проданы мы You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone has sold us” or “for someone has put us in danger of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 7 4 e9cx figs-doublet לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֖יד לַ⁠הֲר֣וֹג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֑ד 1 на истребление, и на убийство, и на гибель Эти три слова являются синонимами, но используются вместе для усиления мысли. Вместо существительных можно употребить глаголы: "чтобы наши враги нас убили, истребили и погубили" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 7 4 yg01 figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֖יד לַ⁠הֲר֣וֹג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֑ד 1 на истребление, и на убийство, и на гибель If your language does not use abstract nouns such as these, you can replace them with one or more verbs. Alternate translation: “and they are going to kill every one of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 7 4 acb2 וְ֠⁠אִלּוּ לַ⁠עֲבָדִ֨ים וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׁפָח֤וֹת נִמְכַּ֨רְנוּ֙ 1 И если бы мы были проданы рабами и рабынями Alternate translation: “if the men and even the women had been sold into slavery”
EST 7 4 j5d3 figs-hyperbole אֵ֥ין הַ⁠צָּ֛ר שֹׁוֶ֖ה בְּ⁠נֵ֥זֶק הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 враг не сто́ит того, чтобы беспокоить царя Esther is speaking very deferentially and with some exaggeration in order to impress on the king how important this is to her. She is saying that it would have been worth less to her to see her people rescued from slavery than it would have been to see the king spared the trouble of intervening on their behalf. (Haman uses the expression of “not equal” in this same sense in [5:13](../05/13.md).) Alternate translation: “that would have been a matter too small to bother you with” or “that would be a small matter to a king like you, but this is very much worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EST 7 4 acb4 figs-123person הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 царя Esther addresses King Ahasuerus in the third person as a way of showing respect. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 7 5 acb5 figs-doublet וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙…וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 И сказал… и сказал These two words mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 7 5 acb6 figs-parallelism מִ֣י ה֥וּא זֶה֙ וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא 1 Кто это такой, и где тот These two phrases mean similar things. They both ask about the identity of the man who is trying to destroy the Jews. King Ahasuerus uses the repetition to emphasize how outraged he is. If the repetition would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two phrases. However, from another perspective, both the man’s identity and his location are important to know so that his plot can be stopped. So, for that reason, you could also decide to include both phrases in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 7 5 acb7 מִ֣י ה֥וּא זֶה֙ וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא 1 Кто это такой, и где тот Alternate translation: “who has done this”
EST 7 5 dl4b figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁר־מְלָא֥⁠וֹ לִבּ֖⁠וֹ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת כֵּֽן 1 и где тот, кто осмелился в своём сердце так сделать Here the concept of a **full heart** uses two metaphors at once. “Heart” figuratively represents the action of thinking or feeling. Also, saying that the “heart” is “full” is a figurative way of saying that someone is fully intending to do something, usually something that should not be done. Alternate translation: “where is the man who is intending to do such a thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 6 j5d5 figs-doublet צַ֣ר וְ⁠אוֹיֵ֔ב 1 враг и недруг These words mean the same thing. Together, they emphasize Haman’s complete hostility towards the Jews. If it is more natural in your language, you can combine them and indicate the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “the one who is our absolute nemesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 7 6 ar4f נִבְעַ֔ת 1 ужаснулся Alternative translation: “was extremely afraid”
EST 7 6 j5d9 figs-metonymy נִבְעַ֔ת מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 ужаснулся перед Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that Haman was now extremely afraid to be in the presence of King Ahasuerus and Queen Esther. Alternate translation: “this made Haman very afraid to be in the presence of the king and the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 7 7 bzd4 figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ קָ֤ם בַּ⁠חֲמָת⁠וֹ֙ מִ⁠מִּשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן 1 И царь встал в своём гневе от питья вина и пошёл Быть в гневе - значит "испытывать сильный гнев". Можно сказать: "Царь пришёл в ярость и поднялся со своего места" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 7 j6d1 figs-explicit אֶל־גִּנַּ֖ת הַ⁠בִּיתָ֑ן 1 в сад дворца The implication is that Ahasuerus went outside to absorb the shock that a man he had promoted to the highest position in his empire was plotting to destroy his queen and her whole people. Ahasuerus needed to sort out his conflicting loyalties and decide what to do about this. If it is clearer, you can say explicitly why he went outside. Alternate translation: “he went outside to the palace garden to decide what to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 7 uaq6 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בַקֵּ֤שׁ עַל־נַפְשׁ⁠וֹ֙ 1 умолять о своей душе Here, **seeking** figuratively means to beg or plead urgently for something. This phrase means that Haman wanted to beg Esther to persuade the king not to order his execution. Alternate translation: “to plead with Queen Esther to spare his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 7 qz1m figs-metaphor כִּ֣י רָאָ֔ה 1 потому что видел Here, **seeing** is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “he realized” or “he understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 7 nin1 figs-activepassive כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 определено ему зло от царя Здесь можно употребить действительный залог, а абстрактное словосочетание "злая участь" можно заменить на глаголы "убить", "казнить": "царь принял решение его убить" или "царь был намерен его казнить" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 7 7 j6d3 figs-abstractnouns כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 определено ему зло от царя Here the abstract noun **evil** means “harm,” not something that is morally wrong as in the previous verse. In this context, it can be expressed with a verb such as “execute.” Alternate translation: “the king was likely to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 7 8 j6d5 figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֡לֶךְ שָׁב֩…וְ⁠הָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל 1 И царь вернулся… а Аман припал The implication is that when the king returned to the room, he saw what this verse describes next. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the king returned …, he saw that Haman had fallen …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 8 h4c7 figs-explicit וְ⁠הָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַ⁠מִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 а Аман припал к кушетке, на которой была Есфирь The implication is that Haman was doing this as he pleaded for his life. If it would be clearer in your language, you can add that information to the end of this phrase: “… as he was begging Esther to spare his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 8 acb8 figs-events וְ⁠הָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַ⁠מִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 а Аман припал к кушетке, на которой была Есфирь If you prefer to present the events in chronological order, you can put this information first in the verse. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 7 8 acb9 figs-idiom וְ⁠הָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַ⁠מִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 а Аман припал к кушетке, на которой была Есфирь The expression **was fallen** means that as Haman was begging for his life, he was not standing up; he had suddenly come down very close to Esther as she was reclining on a couch. (From the impression that the king got when he returned, it is possible that Haman was even grabbing her arms or shoulders as he pleaded with Esther.) Alternate translation: “Haman had come down very close to Esther as she was reclining on a banqueting couch” or “Haman had thrown himself down on the couch where Esther was reclining”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 8 acc0 הַ⁠מִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 кушетке, на которой была Есфирь In this culture, especially at a banquet like this one, wealthy people would recline on couches as they ate and drank. Alternate translation: “Esther’s banqueting couch”
EST 7 8 thq6 figs-rquestion הֲ֠⁠גַם לִ⁠כְבּ֧וֹשׁ אֶת־הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה עִמִּ֖⁠י בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 Ещё и насиловать царицу со мной в доме Царь произносит данную фразу, чтобы выразить негодование и ярость из-за поступка Амана. Данное предложение может быть как восклицательным, так и вопросительным: "Неужели ты собрался ещё и царицу изнасиловать в моём доме?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EST 7 8 l4ce figs-euphemism לִ⁠כְבּ֧וֹשׁ אֶת־הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה 1 насиловать царицу The story is using a mild expression to refer to something that is disturbing. In this context, “subdue” means “rape.” The king thought that Haman was trying to rape Esther, and he likely said just that. You can show this in your translation if you want to make this clear. Alternate translation: “trying to rape the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
EST 7 8 acc1 figs-parallelism עִמִּ֖⁠י בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 со мной в доме These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the idea that they are expressing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. However, each one does indicate something slightly different about what a serious offense it would be if Haman actually were trying to rape Esther. It would be a violation of the king’s personal trust and a violation of the trust implicit in hospitality. So you can also include both phrases. Alternate translation: “in my presence and in my own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 7 8 adq6 figs-idiom הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר יָצָא֙ מִ⁠פִּ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Это слово вышло из уст царя This expression describes the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “as soon as the king said this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 8 acc2 grammar-connect-time-background הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר…וּ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ 1 Это слово… и лицо Амана накрыли Скорее всего, слуги сделали это, поскольку поняли, что царь отдал приказ о казни Амана. Альтернативный перевод: "слуги закрыли лицо Амана в знак того, что он был приговорён к смерти" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
EST 7 8 j6d9 figs-explicit וּ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ 1 и лицо Амана накрыли The implication is that some the king’s servants who were present did this, and they did it because they understood that the king wanted Haman to be executed. Alternate translation: “some of his servants covered Haman’s face because he was going to be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 8 acc3 translate-symaction וּ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ 1 и лицо Амана накрыли **Covering the face** in this culture, as in many others, was a sign that a person had been condemned to death. Alternate translation: “some of his servants covered Haman’s face to show that he would be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 7 9 a7ic translate-names חַ֠רְבוֹנָה 1 Харбона Это мужское имя (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 7 9 j7d1 figs-metonymy אֶחָ֨ד מִן־הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֜ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 один из евнухов перед лицом царя Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Harbona was one of the eunuchs who served King Ahasuerus personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 7 9 acc4 translate-unknown הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֜ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 евнухов перед лицом царя See how you translated this term and this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “the guardians who served the king personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 7 9 j7d3 הִנֵּה 1 вот **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, it can be omitted from your translation. But consider using an expression that is natural in your language for someone to address the king directly to get his attention. For example, you could say, “O king!”
EST 7 9 acc5 גַּ֣ם…הָ⁠עֵ֣ץ אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֪ה הָמָ֟ן לְֽ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֞י…עֹמֵד֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הָמָ֔ן 1 А… ещё дерево, которое сделал Аман для Мардохея… оно стоит в доме Амана Alternate translation:“Haman has also set up a pole [or gallows] at his house because he wants to impale [or hang] Mordecai on it”
EST 7 9 j7d5 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֣ץ 1 дерево See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), and [6:4](../06/04.md). Review the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 7 9 j7d7 figs-idiom לְֽ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֞י אֲשֶׁ֧ר דִּבֶּר־ט֣וֹב עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 для Мардохея, который говорил доброе для царя This expression means that Mordecai said something that benefitted the king. Specifically, Mordecai reported an assassination plot and saved the king’s life. Alternate translation: “Mordecai, who saved the king’s life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 9 j7d9 figs-123person דִּבֶּר־ט֣וֹב עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 говорил доброе для царя Harbona addresses the king in the third person as a way of showing respect. Alternate translation: “saved your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 7 9 acc6 עֹמֵד֙ 1 оно стоит Alternate translation: “is set up”
EST 7 9 sre1 translate-bdistance גָּבֹ֖הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּ֑ה 1 высотой в пятьдесят локтей Данную меру можно перевести в метры. См., как вы перевели аналогичное выражение в [Есфирь 5:14](../05/14.md). Альтернативный перевод: "двадцатиметровая виселица" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EST 7 9 acc7 figs-explicit תְּלֻ֥⁠הוּ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 Повесьте его на нём **Him** means Haman. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “hang [or impale] Haman on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 10 j8d3 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 дереве As in the previous verse, this refers to a wooden pole or gallows. See how you translated the term there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor וַ⁠חֲמַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שָׁכָֽכָה 1 и гнев царя утих Гнев царя сравнивается с разгоревшимся огнём, который начал угасать. Альтернативный перевод: "ярость царя утихла" или "царь перестал гневаться" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Есфирь 08 Общие замечания<br><br>### Важные концепции<br><br>#### Божья защита<br><br>Господь начинает действовать и предотвращает гибель евреев. Он использует Есфирь и Мардохея, чтобы защитить Свой народ.<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 08:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../07/intro.md) | [>>](../09/intro.md)__
EST 8 1 j8d5 writing-newevent בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 INTCORE В тот день This could mean one of three things: (1) A new series of events is now being described, but the story makes clear that they happened on the same day as the second banquet. While it must have been some time later in the day, the idea is that when Haman lost his life, and also his property, Esther gained what her enemy had lost. Alternate translation: “that same day” (2) The expression could also be an idiom that means “as of that day.” This would refer to the effective date for the transfer of Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “as of that day” (3) The term “day” could also be used figuratively to mean around the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 8 1 j8d7 figs-synecdoche נָתַ֞ן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה אֶת־בֵּ֥ית הָמָ֖ן 1 INTCORE дал царь Артаксеркс Есфири, царице, дом Амана Here, **house** figuratively represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 8 1 nm3u figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 INTCORE врага иудеев This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 8 1 acc9 figs-explicit וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֗י בָּ֚א לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 INTCORE а Мардохей пришёл перед лицо царя The implication is that when the king learned how Mordecai was related to Esther, he summoned Mordecai into his presence. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he learned that, the king sent for Mordecai to come into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 1 j8d9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 INTCORE перед лицо царя Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase indicates that Mordecai was allowed to come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 1 acd0 figs-events הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽ⁠הּ 1 INTCORE Есфирь объявила, кто он для неё Alternate translation: “Esther told the king how Mordecai was related to her” You can say this before saying that the king summoned Mordecai, since it happened first. See the UST.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 8 1 j9d1 figs-explicit הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽ⁠הּ 1 INTCORE Есфирь объявила, кто он для неё Esther told this to the king. She would likely have explained not just how she and Mordecai were related, but that he had raised her after her parents died. You can say this if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Esther told the king that Mordecai was her cousin and that he had been like a father to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 2 m5hz translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּ֨סַר הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ אֶת־טַבַּעְתּ֗⁠וֹ…וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 INTCORE И снял царь свой перстень… и отдал его Мардохею Передача перстня означала передачу власти: теперь Мардохей имел право скреплять важные документы царской печатью, и люди должны были повиноваться всему, что писалось в указах.[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 8 2 acd1 translate-unknown טַבַּעְתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE свой перстень На царском перстне были выгравированы имя царя или его символы. <br>На важных докуменах ставилась печать: составитель наливал воск на край страницы и вдавливал в него печать. Если на документе имелась царская печать, то читающий знал, что он должен был подчиниться указу. См. [Есфирь 3:10](../03/10.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 8 2 j9d3 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱבִיר֙ מֵֽ⁠הָמָ֔ן 1 INTCORE который отнял у Амана This means that the king had taken back his signet ring from Haman. He would have done this when he sentenced Haman to death. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king had given Haman the ring that had his official seal on it, but he had taken it back from Haman when he sentenced Haman to death, and the king was wearing it again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 2 acd2 figs-events אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱבִיר֙ מֵֽ⁠הָמָ֔ן 1 INTCORE который отнял у Амана If it is clearer in your language, you can put this information first in the verse because it happened before everything else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 8 2 z5yn figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 INTCORE который отнял у Амана By giving his signet ring to Mordecai, the king gave Mordecai the authority to write important papers that people would have to obey. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 2 acd3 figs-metaphor וַ⁠תָּ֧שֶׂם אֶסְתֵּ֛ר אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י עַל־בֵּ֥ית הָמָֽן 1 INTCORE И поставила Есфирь Мардохея над домом Амана To place someone over something figuratively means to put them in charge of it. Alternate translation: “Esther appointed Mordecai to be in charge of everything that had belonged to Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 2 d2tj figs-metonymy בֵּ֥ית הָמָֽן 1 INTCORE домом Амана Речь идёт об имуществе Амана, которое царь передал Есфири.[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 3 j9d5 writing-newevent וַ⁠תּ֣וֹסֶף אֶסְתֵּ֗ר וַ⁠תְּדַבֵּר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 INTCORE И продолжала Есфирь говорить перед царём Here the exact meaning of the progression of verbs is uncertain, but this verse probably begins a new event in the story separate from what happened in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “then Esther again spoke in the king’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 8 3 j9d7 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 INTCORE перед царём Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “while she was in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 3 j9d9 figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 INTCORE и пала к его ногам Here, **falling** is an idiom referring to the action of bowing down or prostrating oneself, and **face** figuratively represents the front of a person, place, or object. Alternate translation: “and she bowed down” or “and she prostrated herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 3 acd4 translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 INTCORE и пала к его ногам This may actually mean that Esther put her face right on top of the feet of King Ahasuerus. This would have been an act of humility and desperation by which she showed that her need was very great and that she believed the king had great power to help her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 8 3 acd5 figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 INTCORE и пала к его ногам Esther’s action was probably a recognized sign of pleading in this culture. However, it would likely still have been remarkable for a queen to fall at the feet of her husband, the king. You can show this by introducing the information with a phrase like “in fact.” Alternate translation: “in fact, to show how desperately she was pleading, Esther got down and put her face right on top of his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 3 j1r1 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 INTCORE к его ногам Here, **face** is a metonym meaning the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means that Esther prostrated herself in front of the feet of King Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 3 jmn7 figs-idiom לְ⁠הַֽעֲבִיר֙ אֶת־רָעַת֙ הָמָ֣ן הָֽ⁠אֲגָגִ֔י 1 INTCORE отменить зло Амана, вугеянина Прекратить злобу - значит "положить ей конец". Можно сказать: "положил конец злым замыслам Амана-вугеянина" или "остановил зло, которое начал Аман-вугеянин" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 3 bp22 translate-names הָֽ⁠אֲגָגִ֔י 1 INTCORE вугеянина This is the name of Haman’s people group. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 8 3 c2hw מַֽחֲשַׁבְתּ֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָשַׁ֖ב 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “and the plot that he had invented” or “and the plot that Haman invented”
EST 8 4 xh24 translate-symaction וַ⁠יּ֤וֹשֶׁט הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֔ר אֵ֖ת שַׁרְבִ֣ט הַ⁠זָּהָ֑ב 1 INTCORE И протянул царь к Есфири золотой скипетр As in [5:2](../05/02.md), King Ahasuerus did this to show that Esther had his favor. In that earlier episode, this indicated that he would not enforce the law that said Esther should be executed for coming into the inner court without being summoned. But since Esther was apparently already in the king’s presence on this occasion, it seems that the gesture could also be used generally to show that the king was positively disposed towards a person and would grant the person’s request. Alternate translation: “the king held out his golden scepter to Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 8 4 acd7 translate-unknown שַׁרְבִ֣ט הַ⁠זָּהָ֑ב 1 INTCORE золотой скипетр See how you translated this in [4:11](../04/11.md). If it would be helpful, review the explanation of what this object was. Alternate translation: “golden scepter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 8 4 acd8 וַ⁠תָּ֣קָם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “Esther got up off the floor”
EST 8 4 j1r5 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 INTCORE перед царём, Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means the Esther now stood facing King Ahasuerus. Alternate translation: “and stood facing the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 5 w7yl figs-parallelism אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב…וְ⁠כָשֵׁ֤ר הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 INTCORE Если угодно царю и если я нашла расположение перед ним Приобрести милость - значит "снискать расположение". Альтернативный перевод: "если ты мной доволен" или "если я заслуживаю твоей милости" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 8 5 r2yy figs-parallelism וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו…וְ⁠טוֹבָ֥ה אֲנִ֖י בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 INTCORE Если угодно царю и если я нашла расположение перед ним These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Esther is saying very deferentially that she hopes that the king is positively disposed towards her, that he thinks well of her, and will, therefore, grant her request. Esther uses the repetition to emphasize the importance of what she is expressing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 8 5 acd9 figs-123person אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו 1 INTCORE Если угодно царю и если я нашла расположение перед ним Here Esther addresses the king throughout in the third person as a way of showing respect. You could express the same meaning in the second person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 8 5 ace0 figs-idiom אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב 1 INTCORE Если угодно царю This is an idiom that also appears in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), [5:4](../05/04.md), and [5:8](../05/08.md). A suggested translation in those cases was, “If it seems like a good idea to you, O king.” That was suitable for the deferential tone the speakers were using. But in another place, [7:3](../07/03.md), when Esther was pleading urgently for the survival of her whole people, the suggested alternate translation was, “I hope you will be willing to do what I ask” Here, Esther is also pleading, so you could use that phrase here in your translation as well. Alternate translation: “if what I ask for seems right in the king’s evaluation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 5 ftc7 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן 1 INTCORE пусть будет написано, чтобы вернули письма This expression also appears many times in the story. It means to gain the approval or acceptance of another person. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 5 j1r7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו…לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 INTCORE перед ним… перед царём Перед царём - это метафора, означающая "по твоему мнению". Можно сказать: "если ты считаешь мою просьбу правильной" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 5 xci7 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 INTCORE в его глазах Here, **eyes** figuratively represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and I please you” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 5 j1r9 figs-idiom יִכָּתֵ֞ב לְ⁠הָשִׁ֣יב אֶת־הַ⁠סְּפָרִ֗ים 1 INTCORE пусть будет написано, чтобы вернули письма The first letters that told of the plan to destroy the Jews would not be brought back to Susa physically. Rather, **bring back** is an idiom that means “cancel” or “revoke.” Alternate translation: “make a new law to cancel what Haman decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 5 nbk3 figs-activepassive יִכָּתֵ֞ב לְ⁠הָשִׁ֣יב אֶת־הַ⁠סְּפָרִ֗ים 1 INTCORE пусть будет написано, чтобы вернули письма You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “write a new letter” or “make a new law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 6 j2r5 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֠י 1 INTCORE Потому что Есфирь использует данный вопрос, чтобы показать, в какою глубокую скорбь её повергнет гибель евреев. Альтернативный перевод: "Я не вынесу, если увижу бедствие моего народа. Я не переживу, если увижу гибель моих родных" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 8 6 udt6 figs-rquestion אֵיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽ⁠רָאִ֔יתִי בָּ⁠רָעָ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־יִמְצָ֣א אֶת־עַמִּ֑⁠י וְ⁠אֵֽיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽ⁠רָאִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אָבְדַ֖ן מוֹלַדְתִּֽ⁠י 1 INTCORE как я могу видеть бедствие, которое произойдёт с моим народом, и как я могу видеть гибель моих родных Esther is actually making a statement, but she expresses herself in question form to show how strongly she feels about what she is saying. She does not actually expect the king to tell her how she could bear seeing her people destroyed. Alternate translation: “I cannot bear to see disaster fall on the Jews” or “I cannot endure watching my relatives be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EST 8 6 ace1 figs-parallelism אֵיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽ⁠רָאִ֔יתִי בָּ⁠רָעָ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־יִמְצָ֣א אֶת־עַמִּ֑⁠י וְ⁠אֵֽיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽ⁠רָאִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אָבְדַ֖ן מוֹלַדְתִּֽ⁠י 1 INTCORE как я могу видеть бедствие, которое произойдёт с моим народом, и как я могу видеть гибель моих родных These two sentences mean basically the same thing. Esther uses the repetition to emphasize the importance of what she is saying. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “I could not bear to see my relatives and my whole people destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 8 6 ace2 figs-abstractnouns בָּ⁠רָעָ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־יִמְצָ֣א אֶת־עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 INTCORE гибель Even though it was morally very wrong for Haman to want to destroy Mordecai’s whole people, here the abstract noun **evil** likely means “harm,” as in [7:7](../07/07.md). It means the same thing as “destruction” in the next sentence. Alternate translation: “my people being destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 8 6 ace3 figs-idiom יִמְצָ֣א 1 INTCORE произойдёт As in [1:5](../01/05.md), **find** is an idiom that means something exists in a certain place or time, not that people were looking for it and located it. Esther is speaking of the harm that will exist for the Jews if the effect of Haman’s letters is not undone. Alternate translation: “would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 6 ace4 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠אָבְדַ֖ן 1 INTCORE гибель This abstract noun can be expressed with a verb such as “destroyed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 8 6 ace5 מוֹלַדְתִּֽ⁠י 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “my relatives”
EST 8 7 j2r7 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 RUQuote This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
EST 8 7 ace6 בֵית־הָמָ֜ן נָתַ֣תִּי לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֗ר 1 RUQuote See the note about this expression in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “I have given Esther all the property that belonged to Haman” or “I have given Esther the household of Haman”
EST 8 7 h44h figs-metonymy בֵית־הָמָ֜ן 1 INTCORE дом Амана Here, **house** is a metonym meaning the entire household of Haman. Alternate translation: “the household of Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 7 ace7 figs-events וְ⁠אֹת⁠וֹ֙ תָּל֣וּ עַל־הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ 1 INTCORE а его повесили на дереве Alternate translation: “I had my servants impale Haman on a wooden pole” or “I had my servants hang Haman on a gallows” You can put this information first because it happened before the king gave Haman’s property to Esther. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 8 7 ace8 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ 1 INTCORE дереве See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), [6:4](../06/04.md), [7:9](../07/09.md), and [7:10](../07/10.md). Review the note to<br>[2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 8 7 j2r9 figs-idiom שָׁלַ֥ח יָד֖⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE он наложил руки Here the expression \*\*to stretch out a hand\*\* means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. Alternate translation: “because he plotted to destroy all the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 8 acf0 וְ֠⁠אַתֶּם 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “so this is what you should do”
EST 8 8 acf1 כִּתְב֨וּ עַל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֜ים כַּ⁠טּ֤וֹב בְּ⁠עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “I am giving you permission to write other letters to save your people”
EST 8 8 j3r1 figs-metaphor כַּ⁠טּ֤וֹב בְּ⁠עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 INTCORE как хорошо в ваших глазах Here, **eyes** figuratively represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Esther and Mordecai have permission to write what they think is best. Alternate translation: “as you think is best” or “what you think is best” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 8 j3mn figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 INTCORE именем царя Here, **name** is a metaphor meaning authority. This phrase means Esther and Mordecai have permission to write with the authority of the King Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 8 acf2 figs-123person בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 INTCORE именем царя King Ahasuerus refers to himself in the third person. You can have him say this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I give you permission to write with my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 8 8 j3r3 translate-unknown בְּ⁠טַבַּ֣עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 INTCORE перстнем царя This is a special ring that could be used to imprint the king’s official seal on a law or decree. Alternate translation: “the ring that has my official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 8 8 acf3 figs-123person בְּ⁠טַבַּ֣עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 INTCORE перстнем царя King Ahasuerus refers to himself in the third person. You can have him say this in the first person. Alternate translation: “the ring that has my official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 8 8 j3r5 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 INTCORE потому что Here, King Ahasuerus is expressing the reason why he cannot simply revoke the first letter and also why Esther and Mordecai can write another letter that people must obey. Alternate translation: “you see” or “people will obey your letter because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 8 8 acf4 אֵ֥ין לְ⁠הָשִֽׁיב 1 RUQuote As in verse 5, this expression means “revoke.” Alternate translation: “no one can revoke” or “no one can nullify”
EST 8 8 acf5 כְתָ֞ב…אֵ֥ין לְ⁠הָשִֽׁיב 1 RUQuote If it would be clearer in your language, you can put this first in the verse because it explains why Ahasuerus answers Esther and Mordecai in the way that he does. See the UST.
EST 8 8 acf6 figs-explicit כְתָ֞ב אֲשֶׁר־נִכְתָּ֣ב בְּ⁠שֵׁם־הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ וְ⁠נַחְתּ֛וֹם בְּ⁠טַבַּ֥עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 INTCORE письмо, которое написано именем царя и скреплено перстнем царя Между словом "письма" и "нельзя вернуть" указывается причина, по которой этого нельзя сделать. Вы можете уточнить, почему царь не смог аннулировать указ Амана: "я не могу отменить изданный указ, потому что он был написан от имени царя и скреплен царским перстнем" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 9 acf7 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּקָּרְא֣וּ סֹפְרֵֽי־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 INTCORE И были созваны писари царя Можно уточнить: "царь созвал писарей". Читатели должны понять, что царь отдал приказ своим слугам, чтобы те собрали к нему писарей (царь лично не созывал их громким голосом) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 8 9 s4ue figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּקָּרְא֣וּ סֹפְרֵֽי־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 INTCORE И были созваны писари царя You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the king called his scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 9 acf8 וַ⁠יִּקָּרְא֣וּ סֹפְרֵֽי־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 INTCORE И были созваны писари царя If you use an expression such as “called,” make sure your readers will understand that the king likely sent an official to go and bring the scribes back with him. The king did not call out in a loud voice to get them to come.
EST 8 9 j4r1 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֜י 1 INTCORE в третий месяц Alternate translation: “in month three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 8 9 acf9 figs-explicit בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֜י 1 INTCORE в третий месяц Alternate translation: “in the third month of the year” It would still be the same year as in [3:7](../03/07.md), the twelfth year that Ahasuerus reigned as king of Persia. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 9 j356 translate-hebrewmonths הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ סִיוָ֗ן 1 INTCORE он же месяц Сиван **Sivan** is the name of the third month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “the month of Sivan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 8 9 acg1 הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ סִיוָ֗ן 1 RUQuote The story is being recorded from the perspective of the Persian court, but for the benefit of its intended Jewish audience, the Hebrew name of the month is given. This month overlaps with May and June on a Western calendar.
EST 8 9 j4r3 translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֣ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֮ בּ⁠וֹ֒ 1 INTCORE в двадцать третий день его Alternation translation: “on day 23” or “on the twenty-third day of the month” The exact date of the letter helps to establish its legal authority. This would be on June 25th of a Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 8 9 sz6j figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֣ב כְּֽ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מָרְדֳּכַ֣י 1 INTCORE и было написано всё так, как приказал Мардохей You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they wrote in a letter everything that Mordecai dictated to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 9 acg2 figs-explicit אֶל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֡ים 1 INTCORE к иудеям It appears from verse 11 that the letter would have been addressed specifically to the Jews in the empire, telling them that the king had authorized them to defend themselves. But copies were also sent to all the royal and provincial officials. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the letter addressed the Jews in the empire, but copies were also sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 9 acg3 וְ⁠אֶ֣ל הָ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנִֽים־וְ⁠הַ⁠פַּחוֹת֩ וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֨י הַ⁠מְּדִינ֜וֹת 1 RUQuote See how you translated these terms in [3:12](../03/12.md), where they were used to describe who received Haman’s letter. These are all people in government positions. The first one is the governor of the province and the other two are rulers under him who govern cities or smaller areas. If your language uses one term for all of these, you could use that with a descriptive phrase such as “to the government leaders of each province and also to the leaders under him.”
EST 8 9 acg4 אֲשֶׁ֣ר ׀ מֵ⁠הֹ֣דּוּ וְ⁠עַד־כּ֗וּשׁ שֶׁ֣בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה 1 RUQuote This is background information explaining how far this new letter had to be sent. See how you translated this phrase in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “the empire of Ahasuerus had 127 provinces, stretching all the way from India in the east to Ethiopia in the west”
EST 8 9 zp4q translate-numbers שֶׁ֣בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה 1 INTCORE ста двадцати семи областей Alternate translation: “one hundred and twenty-seven provinces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 8 9 j4r5 figs-idiom מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙ 1 INTCORE в каждую область Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления государством). См. [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md).[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 9 bj5s כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֔⁠הּ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “using its own alphabet” or “written in its own script”
EST 8 9 j4r7 figs-idiom וְ⁠עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 INTCORE к каждому народу This expression means “every people group.” Alternate translation: “and to each ethnic group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 9 j4r9 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשֹׁנ֑⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE на его языке Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 9 j5r1 וְ⁠אֶ֨ל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠כִ⁠לְשׁוֹנָֽ⁠ם 1 RUQuote The Jews would have been included among all the people groups in the empire in the phrase “people by people.” So this seems to be saying, “and especially to the Jews.” Verse 11 explains that it was particularly important for the Jews to read the letter because it gave them the right to defend themselves. Alternate translation: “they wrote especially to the Jews in their own script and in their own language”
EST 8 10 acg5 וַ⁠יִּכְתֹּ֗ב…וַ⁠יַּחְתֹּ֖ם 1 RUQuote **He** refers to Mordecai. You can use his name here if that would be clearer in your language.
EST 8 10 ijp2 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שֵׁם֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֹ֔שׁ 1 INTCORE именем царя Артаксеркса, Here, **name** is a metaphor meaning authority. Alternate translation: “Mordecai wrote with the authority of King Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 10 jf31 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּחְתֹּ֖ם בְּ⁠טַבַּ֣עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 INTCORE и скрепил перстнем царя This means that Mordecai sealed the letters with this ring. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he sealed the letters with the ring that had the king’s official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 10 yt4j figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יַד֩ הָ⁠רָצִ֨ים בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֜ים 1 INTCORE руками посланников на лошадях As in [3:13](../03/13.md), **hand** could mean two different things. (1) It could literally mean “hand,” meaning that the runners carried the letters in their hands. (2) It could also be a metaphor for power, control, or authority, meaning that runners were the ones who delivered the letters to all the provinces throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “couriers on horseback delivered the letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 10 acg6 רֹכְבֵ֤י הָ⁠רֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים בְּנֵ֖י הָֽ⁠רַמָּכִֽים 1 RUQuote Царские жеребцы считались лучшей породой коней. Лошади, использовавшиеся на службе у царя, были потомками тех жеребцов. Альтернативный перевод: "на лучших конях" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 10 p9uc figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֖י הָֽ⁠רַמָּכִֽים 1 INTCORE особо выращенных Here, **sons** is a metonym meaning the offspring of royal livestock. Alternate translation: “the offspring of the king’s horses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 11 j5r5 figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־עִיר־וָ⁠עִ֗יר 1 INTCORE в любом городе This expression means “in each and every city.” It is possibly referring to the entire empire by naming one part of it, its cities. The story says in [9:19](../09/19.md) that<br>not just Jews living in cities but Jews living in rural areas also defended themselves. It is likely that the messengers only published the news in the cities and not the entire countryside, but the news was certainly intended for everyone, not only people living in the cities. Alternate translation: “throughout the empire” or “in each and every city” or “in every single city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 11 e1mj figs-metaphor לְ⁠הִקָּהֵל֮ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲמֹ֣ד עַל־נַפְשָׁ⁠ם֒ 1 INTCORE собираться и стоять за свои души Here, **to stand** is a metaphor meaning to defend oneself and fight back instead of running away from an enemy. Alternate translation: “to join together and fight for their lives” or “to join together and fight back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 11 j5r7 figs-doublet לְ⁠הַשְׁמִיד֩ וְ⁠לַ⁠הֲרֹ֨ג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֜ד 1 INTCORE истреблять, и убивать, и уничтожать These words mean the same thing and are used together to emphasize the completeness of the destruction that is being described. See how you translated this in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “completely destroy” (A “doublet” can involve the use of more than two words.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 11 acg7 figs-metonymy כָּל־חֵ֨יל עַ֧ם וּ⁠מְדִינָ֛ה הַ⁠צָּרִ֥ים אֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 INTCORE всю силу народа и области, враждующих с ними **Strength** is a figurative way of referring to an army or to a person carrying weaponry. Alternate translation: “the army of any people or province that attacked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 11 acg8 טַ֣ף וְ⁠נָשִׁ֑ים 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “they could also kill the wives and children of the armed men”
EST 8 11 acg9 וּ⁠שְׁלָלָ֖⁠ם לָ⁠בֽוֹז 1 RUQuote See how you translated this expression in [3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “and take everything that belonged to them”
EST 8 12 ach0 figs-explicit בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד 1 INTCORE двенадцатого месяца This was the day that Haman had set for destroying the Jews in<br>[3:13](../03/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation:<br>“on the same day that Haman had set for destroying the Jews”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 12 ach1 בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינ֖וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “in every province of the kingdom”
EST 8 12 j6r3 translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר 1 INTCORE в тринадцатый день Alternate translation: “on day 13” or “on the thirteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 8 12 hi2y translate-ordinal לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר 1 INTCORE двенадцатого месяца Alternate translation: “of month 12” or “of the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 8 12 ach2 figs-explicit לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר 1 INTCORE двенадцатого месяца Implicitly, this means “the twelfth month of that same year.” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 12 j6r4 translate-hebrewmonths הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 INTCORE то есть месяца Адара This is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you<br>translated this in [3:07](../03/07.md) and [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 8 13 j6r5 figs-activepassive פַּתְשֶׁ֣גֶן הַ⁠כְּתָ֗ב לְ⁠הִנָּ֤תֵֽן דָּת֙ 1 INTCORE объявляемый для всех народов You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the letter told the officials to proclaim this as a law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 13 j6r7 figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֔ה 1 INTCORE в каждую область This expression means “in each and every province.” Alternate translation: “in every single province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 13 ach4 figs-activepassive גָּל֖וּי לְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עַמִּ֑ים 1 INTCORE объявляемый для всех народов You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the letter told the officials in every single province to post copies where everyone could see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 13 ach5 וְ⁠לִ⁠הְי֨וֹת הַיְּהוּדִ֤ים עֲתִידִים֙ לַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “that way the Jews would get ready to do what the letter said when the day came”
EST 8 13 qk1d figs-idiom לְ⁠הִנָּקֵ֖ם מֵ⁠אֹיְבֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 INTCORE мстить своим врагам This expression, “to take revenge from” another person, means to correct a wrong they have done. In this context, the phrase means to correct the wrong of the original law that gave people permission to kill the Jews. Alternate translation: “and fight back against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 14 ach7 הָ⁠רָצִ֞ים רֹכְבֵ֤י הָ⁠רֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים 1 INTCORE Посланники, ездящие верхом на быстрых царских конях See how you translated this in [8:10](../08/10.md). Alternate translation: “messengers riding on fast horses that were used for the king’s business”
EST 8 14 ach6 figs-activepassive מְבֹהָלִ֥ים וּ⁠דְחוּפִ֖ים בִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 INTCORE торопясь и спеша с приказом царя You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded the couriers to deliver the letters as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 14 b69j figs-doublet מְבֹהָלִ֥ים וּ⁠דְחוּפִ֖ים 1 INTCORE торопясь и спеша These two terms mean almost the same thing and are used together to emphasize the fact that the couriers were told to deliver the letters as quickly as possible. Alternate translation: “they went immediately” or “as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 14 ach8 figs-events הָ⁠רָצִ֞ים רֹכְבֵ֤י הָ⁠רֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים 1 INTCORE Посланники, ездящие верхом на быстрых царских конях To present the events in chronological order, you can put this after the king’s command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 8 14 j6r9 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠דָּ֥ת נִתְּנָ֖ה 1 INTCORE и указ был дан You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king’s officials also posted and read copies of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 15 j7r3 writing-newevent וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֞י יָצָ֣א 1 INTCORE И Мардохей вышел This introduces a new event in the story. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 8 15 j7r5 figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 INTCORE и город Сузы восклицал и радовался Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Mordecai had been in the presence of King Ahasuerus and was now leaving in order to fulfill his duties as a high official in the Persian government. Alternate translation: “from the palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 15 ach9 figs-explicit בִּ⁠לְב֤וּשׁ מַלְכוּת֙ תְּכֵ֣לֶת וָ⁠ח֔וּר וַ⁠עֲטֶ֤רֶת זָהָב֙ גְּדוֹלָ֔ה וְ⁠תַכְרִ֥יךְ בּ֖וּץ וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן 1 INTCORE в царской одежде голубого и белого цвета, и с большой золотой короной, и в фиолетовой мантии из виссона The implication is that the king gave Mordecai these special things to wear to show that he was now his highest officer. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. To put these events in chronological order, you can place this information before the report that Mordecai left the king’s presence to fulfill his duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 15 aci1 בִּ⁠לְב֤וּשׁ מַלְכוּת֙ תְּכֵ֣לֶת 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “a blue and white garment that the king had worn”
EST 8 15 aci2 וַ⁠עֲטֶ֤רֶת זָהָב֙ גְּדוֹלָ֔ה 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “a large golden crown”
EST 8 15 eqc4 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֣יר שׁוּשָׁ֔ן צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה 1 INTCORE и город Сузы восклицал и радовался Here, **the city** represents the people living in it. Alternate translation: “the people of Susa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 15 i1ec figs-hendiadys צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה 1 INTCORE восклицал и радовался This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word **rejoiced** tells how they cheered. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning by saying something like “shouted joyfully.” Alternate translation: “cheered and were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 8 15 aci3 figs-explicit צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה 1 INTCORE восклицал и радовался The implication is that the people did this when they saw Mordecai. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 16 q2ru figs-metaphor הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה 1 INTCORE были свет Возможные значения: 1) под "светом" подразумевается "счастье": "были счастье и радость"; 2) речь идёт об успехе и безопасности: "радовались о своей безопасности" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 16 aci4 figs-doublet הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 INTCORE были свет и радость The terms **light** and **joy** refer to the same thing here.<br>They are used together to emphasize the extreme happiness that the Jews felt.<br>Alternate translation: “the Jews felt very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 16 j8r1 figs-doublet וְ⁠שָׂשֹׂ֖ן וִ⁠יקָֽר 1 INTCORE и веселье, и честь These terms have similar meaning and are used together with the previous doublet to emphasize again the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 16 n94u figs-explicit וִ⁠יקָֽר 1 INTCORE и честь Here, **honor** might have two possible meanings. (1) Other people honored the Jews. Alternate translation: “other people honored them” (2) The Jews themselves felt honor instead of shame. Alternate translation: “they felt honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 17 k1eh figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֨ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֜ה 1 INTCORE И в каждой области Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления государством). См., как вы перевели аналогичное слово в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md).[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 17 j8r3 figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־עִ֣יר וָ⁠עִ֗יר 1 INTCORE из народов страны This expression means “each and every city.” Alternate translation: “in every single city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 17 va7t figs-personification מְקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת⁠וֹ֙ מַגִּ֔יעַ 1 INTCORE в месте, куда доходили приказ царя и его указ, Доходил - то есть "был доставлен". Можно сказать: "куда бы гонцы царя ни доставляли его указ" или "где бы ни зачитывали царское повеление" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 8 17 j8r5 figs-doublet שִׂמְחָ֤ה וְ⁠שָׂשׂוֹן֙ לַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים 1 INTCORE у иудеев были радость и веселье The terms **joy** and **rejoicing** have similar meaning and are used together to emphasize the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. Alternate translation: “the Jews rejoiced greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 17 p89m figs-doublet מִשְׁתֶּ֖ה וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 INTCORE пир и хороший день These two terms mean something similar and are used together to emphasize the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. Alternate translation: “and had festive celebrations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 17 aci5 figs-idiom וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 INTCORE и хороший день This expression generally means a day of happiness or celebration. Alternate translation: “and a holiday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 17 aci6 figs-explicit וְ⁠רַבִּ֞ים מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ מִֽתְיַהֲדִ֔ים 1 INTCORE и многие из народов страны стали иудеями The implication is that they did this because they thought that the Jews might attack them when the Jews fought back against their enemies. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 17 aci7 וְ⁠רַבִּ֞ים מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ מִֽתְיַהֲדִ֔ים 1 INTCORE и многие из народов страны стали иудеями Alternate translation: “many people from the other ethnic groups in the empire”
EST 8 17 aci8 figs-idiom מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 INTCORE из народов страны The **peoples of the land** were the non-Jewish people groups within the empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 17 r3qf figs-metaphor נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 INTCORE напал на них страх иудеев Напал на них страх - значит, что они стали сильно бояться иудеев. Альтернативный перевод: "они начали бояться евреев" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 17 aci9 figs-events נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 INTCORE напал на них страх иудеев To present the events in chronological order, you can say this before saying that the people from the other groups became Jews themselves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 8 1 j8d5 writing-newevent בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 В тот день This could mean one of three things: (1) A new series of events is now being described, but the story makes clear that they happened on the same day as the second banquet. While it must have been some time later in the day, the idea is that when Haman lost his life, and also his property, Esther gained what her enemy had lost. Alternate translation: “that same day” (2) The expression could also be an idiom that means “as of that day.” This would refer to the effective date for the transfer of Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “as of that day” (3) The term “day” could also be used figuratively to mean around the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 8 1 j8d7 figs-synecdoche נָתַ֞ן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה אֶת־בֵּ֥ית הָמָ֖ן 1 дал царь Артаксеркс Есфири, царице, дом Амана Here, **house** figuratively represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 8 1 nm3u figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 врага иудеев This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 8 1 acc9 figs-explicit וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֗י בָּ֚א לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 а Мардохей пришёл перед лицо царя The implication is that when the king learned how Mordecai was related to Esther, he summoned Mordecai into his presence. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he learned that, the king sent for Mordecai to come into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 1 j8d9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 перед лицо царя Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase indicates that Mordecai was allowed to come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 1 acd0 figs-events הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽ⁠הּ 1 Есфирь объявила, кто он для неё Alternate translation: “Esther told the king how Mordecai was related to her” You can say this before saying that the king summoned Mordecai, since it happened first. See the UST.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 8 1 j9d1 figs-explicit הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽ⁠הּ 1 Есфирь объявила, кто он для неё Esther told this to the king. She would likely have explained not just how she and Mordecai were related, but that he had raised her after her parents died. You can say this if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Esther told the king that Mordecai was her cousin and that he had been like a father to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 2 m5hz translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּ֨סַר הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ אֶת־טַבַּעְתּ֗⁠וֹ…וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 И снял царь свой перстень… и отдал его Мардохею Передача перстня означала передачу власти: теперь Мардохей имел право скреплять важные документы царской печатью, и люди должны были повиноваться всему, что писалось в указах.[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 8 2 acd1 translate-unknown טַבַּעְתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 свой перстень На царском перстне были выгравированы имя царя или его символы. <br>На важных докуменах ставилась печать: составитель наливал воск на край страницы и вдавливал в него печать. Если на документе имелась царская печать, то читающий знал, что он должен был подчиниться указу. См. [Есфирь 3:10](../03/10.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 8 2 j9d3 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱבִיר֙ מֵֽ⁠הָמָ֔ן 1 который отнял у Амана This means that the king had taken back his signet ring from Haman. He would have done this when he sentenced Haman to death. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king had given Haman the ring that had his official seal on it, but he had taken it back from Haman when he sentenced Haman to death, and the king was wearing it again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 2 acd2 figs-events אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱבִיר֙ מֵֽ⁠הָמָ֔ן 1 который отнял у Амана If it is clearer in your language, you can put this information first in the verse because it happened before everything else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 8 2 z5yn figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 и отдал его Мардохею By giving his signet ring to Mordecai, the king gave Mordecai the authority to write important papers that people would have to obey. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 2 acd3 figs-metaphor וַ⁠תָּ֧שֶׂם אֶסְתֵּ֛ר אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י עַל־בֵּ֥ית הָמָֽן 1 И поставила Есфирь Мардохея над домом Амана To place someone over something figuratively means to put them in charge of it. Alternate translation: “Esther appointed Mordecai to be in charge of everything that had belonged to Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 2 d2tj figs-metonymy בֵּ֥ית הָמָֽן 1 домом Амана Речь идёт об имуществе Амана, которое царь передал Есфири.[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 3 j9d5 writing-newevent וַ⁠תּ֣וֹסֶף אֶסְתֵּ֗ר וַ⁠תְּדַבֵּר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 И продолжала Есфирь говорить перед царём Here the exact meaning of the progression of verbs is uncertain, but this verse probably begins a new event in the story separate from what happened in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “then Esther again spoke in the king’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 8 3 j9d7 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 перед царём Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “while she was in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 3 j9d9 figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 и пала к его ногам Here, **falling** is an idiom referring to the action of bowing down or prostrating oneself, and **face** figuratively represents the front of a person, place, or object. Alternate translation: “and she bowed down” or “and she prostrated herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 3 acd4 translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 и пала к его ногам This may actually mean that Esther put her face right on top of the feet of King Ahasuerus. This would have been an act of humility and desperation by which she showed that her need was very great and that she believed the king had great power to help her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 8 3 acd5 figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 и пала к его ногам Esther’s action was probably a recognized sign of pleading in this culture. However, it would likely still have been remarkable for a queen to fall at the feet of her husband, the king. You can show this by introducing the information with a phrase like “in fact.” Alternate translation: “in fact, to show how desperately she was pleading, Esther got down and put her face right on top of his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 3 j1r1 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 к его ногам Here, **face** is a metonym meaning the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means that Esther prostrated herself in front of the feet of King Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 3 jmn7 figs-idiom לְ⁠הַֽעֲבִיר֙ אֶת־רָעַת֙ הָמָ֣ן הָֽ⁠אֲגָגִ֔י 1 отменить зло Амана, вугеянина Прекратить злобу - значит "положить ей конец". Можно сказать: "положил конец злым замыслам Амана-вугеянина" или "остановил зло, которое начал Аман-вугеянин" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 3 bp22 translate-names הָֽ⁠אֲגָגִ֔י 1 вугеянина This is the name of Haman’s people group. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 8 3 c2hw מַֽחֲשַׁבְתּ֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָשַׁ֖ב 1 его замысел, который он задумал Alternate translation: “and the plot that he had invented” or “and the plot that Haman invented”
EST 8 4 xh24 translate-symaction וַ⁠יּ֤וֹשֶׁט הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֔ר אֵ֖ת שַׁרְבִ֣ט הַ⁠זָּהָ֑ב 1 И протянул царь к Есфири золотой скипетр As in [5:2](../05/02.md), King Ahasuerus did this to show that Esther had his favor. In that earlier episode, this indicated that he would not enforce the law that said Esther should be executed for coming into the inner court without being summoned. But since Esther was apparently already in the king’s presence on this occasion, it seems that the gesture could also be used generally to show that the king was positively disposed towards a person and would grant the person’s request. Alternate translation: “the king held out his golden scepter to Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 8 4 acd7 translate-unknown שַׁרְבִ֣ט הַ⁠זָּהָ֑ב 1 золотой скипетр See how you translated this in [4:11](../04/11.md). If it would be helpful, review the explanation of what this object was. Alternate translation: “golden scepter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 8 4 acd8 וַ⁠תָּ֣קָם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר 1 и поднялась Есфирь Alternate translation: “Esther got up off the floor”
EST 8 4 j1r5 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 перед царём Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means the Esther now stood facing King Ahasuerus. Alternate translation: “and stood facing the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 5 w7yl figs-parallelism אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב…וְ⁠כָשֵׁ֤ר הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Если угодно царю… и справедливо это дело перед царём Приобрести милость - значит "снискать расположение". Альтернативный перевод: "если ты мной доволен" или "если я заслуживаю твоей милости" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 8 5 r2yy figs-parallelism וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו…וְ⁠טוֹבָ֥ה אֲנִ֖י בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 и если я нашла расположение перед ним… и я приятна в его глазах These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Esther is saying very deferentially that she hopes that the king is positively disposed towards her, that he thinks well of her, and will, therefore, grant her request. Esther uses the repetition to emphasize the importance of what she is expressing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 8 5 acd9 figs-123person אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו 1 Если угодно царю и если я нашла расположение перед ним Here Esther addresses the king throughout in the third person as a way of showing respect. You could express the same meaning in the second person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 8 5 ace0 figs-idiom אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב 1 Если угодно царю This is an idiom that also appears in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), [5:4](../05/04.md), and [5:8](../05/08.md). A suggested translation in those cases was, “If it seems like a good idea to you, O king.” That was suitable for the deferential tone the speakers were using. But in another place, [7:3](../07/03.md), when Esther was pleading urgently for the survival of her whole people, the suggested alternate translation was, “I hope you will be willing to do what I ask” Here, Esther is also pleading, so you could use that phrase here in your translation as well. Alternate translation: “if what I ask for seems right in the king’s evaluation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 5 ftc7 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן 1 и если я нашла расположение This expression also appears many times in the story. It means to gain the approval or acceptance of another person. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 5 j1r7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו…לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 перед ним… перед царём Перед царём - это метафора, означающая "по твоему мнению". Можно сказать: "если ты считаешь мою просьбу правильной" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 5 xci7 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 в его глазах Here, **eyes** figuratively represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and I please you” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 5 j1r9 figs-idiom יִכָּתֵ֞ב לְ⁠הָשִׁ֣יב אֶת־הַ⁠סְּפָרִ֗ים 1 пусть будет написано, чтобы вернули письма The first letters that told of the plan to destroy the Jews would not be brought back to Susa physically. Rather, **bring back** is an idiom that means “cancel” or “revoke.” Alternate translation: “make a new law to cancel what Haman decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 5 nbk3 figs-activepassive יִכָּתֵ֞ב לְ⁠הָשִׁ֣יב אֶת־הַ⁠סְּפָרִ֗ים 1 пусть будет написано, чтобы вернули письма You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “write a new letter” or “make a new law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 6 j2r5 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֠י 1 Потому что Есфирь использует данный вопрос, чтобы показать, в какою глубокую скорбь её повергнет гибель евреев. Альтернативный перевод: "Я не вынесу, если увижу бедствие моего народа. Я не переживу, если увижу гибель моих родных" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 8 6 udt6 figs-rquestion אֵיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽ⁠רָאִ֔יתִי בָּ⁠רָעָ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־יִמְצָ֣א אֶת־עַמִּ֑⁠י וְ⁠אֵֽיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽ⁠רָאִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אָבְדַ֖ן מוֹלַדְתִּֽ⁠י 1 как я могу видеть бедствие, которое произойдёт с моим народом, и как я могу видеть гибель моих родных Esther is actually making a statement, but she expresses herself in question form to show how strongly she feels about what she is saying. She does not actually expect the king to tell her how she could bear seeing her people destroyed. Alternate translation: “I cannot bear to see disaster fall on the Jews” or “I cannot endure watching my relatives be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EST 8 6 ace1 figs-parallelism אֵיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽ⁠רָאִ֔יתִי בָּ⁠רָעָ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־יִמְצָ֣א אֶת־עַמִּ֑⁠י וְ⁠אֵֽיכָכָ֤ה אוּכַל֙ וְֽ⁠רָאִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אָבְדַ֖ן מוֹלַדְתִּֽ⁠י 1 как я могу видеть бедствие, которое произойдёт с моим народом, и как я могу видеть гибель моих родных These two sentences mean basically the same thing. Esther uses the repetition to emphasize the importance of what she is saying. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “I could not bear to see my relatives and my whole people destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 8 6 ace2 figs-abstractnouns בָּ⁠רָעָ֖ה אֲשֶׁר־יִמְצָ֣א אֶת־עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 бедствие, которое произойдёт с моим народом Even though it was morally very wrong for Haman to want to destroy Mordecai’s whole people, here the abstract noun **evil** likely means “harm,” as in [7:7](../07/07.md). It means the same thing as “destruction” in the next sentence. Alternate translation: “my people being destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 8 6 ace3 figs-idiom יִמְצָ֣א 1 произойдёт As in [1:5](../01/05.md), **find** is an idiom that means something exists in a certain place or time, not that people were looking for it and located it. Esther is speaking of the harm that will exist for the Jews if the effect of Haman’s letters is not undone. Alternate translation: “would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 6 ace4 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠אָבְדַ֖ן 1 гибель This abstract noun can be expressed with a verb such as “destroyed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 8 6 ace5 מוֹלַדְתִּֽ⁠י 1 моих родных Alternate translation: “my relatives”
EST 8 7 j2r7 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 Вот This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
EST 8 7 ace6 בֵית־הָמָ֜ן נָתַ֣תִּי לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֗ר 1 дом Амана я дал Есфири See the note about this expression in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “I have given Esther all the property that belonged to Haman” or “I have given Esther the household of Haman”
EST 8 7 h44h figs-metonymy בֵית־הָמָ֜ן 1 дом Амана Here, **house** is a metonym meaning the entire household of Haman. Alternate translation: “the household of Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 7 ace7 figs-events וְ⁠אֹת⁠וֹ֙ תָּל֣וּ עַל־הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ 1 а его повесили на дереве Alternate translation: “I had my servants impale Haman on a wooden pole” or “I had my servants hang Haman on a gallows” You can put this information first because it happened before the king gave Haman’s property to Esther. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 8 7 ace8 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ 1 дереве See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), [6:4](../06/04.md), [7:9](../07/09.md), and [7:10](../07/10.md). Review the note to<br>[2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 8 7 j2r9 figs-idiom שָׁלַ֥ח יָד֖⁠וֹ 1 он наложил руки Here the expression \*\*to stretch out a hand\*\* means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. Alternate translation: “because he plotted to destroy all the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 8 acf0 וְ֠⁠אַתֶּם 1 А вы Alternate translation: “so this is what you should do”
EST 8 8 acf1 כִּתְב֨וּ עַל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֜ים כַּ⁠טּ֤וֹב בְּ⁠עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 напишите об иудеях, как хорошо в ваших глазах Alternate translation: “I am giving you permission to write other letters to save your people”
EST 8 8 j3r1 figs-metaphor כַּ⁠טּ֤וֹב בְּ⁠עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 как хорошо в ваших глазах Here, **eyes** figuratively represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Esther and Mordecai have permission to write what they think is best. Alternate translation: “as you think is best” or “what you think is best” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 8 j3mn figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 именем царя Here, **name** is a metaphor meaning authority. This phrase means Esther and Mordecai have permission to write with the authority of the King Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 8 acf2 figs-123person בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 именем царя King Ahasuerus refers to himself in the third person. You can have him say this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I give you permission to write with my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 8 8 j3r3 translate-unknown בְּ⁠טַבַּ֣עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 перстнем царя This is a special ring that could be used to imprint the king’s official seal on a law or decree. Alternate translation: “the ring that has my official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 8 8 acf3 figs-123person בְּ⁠טַבַּ֣עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 перстнем царя King Ahasuerus refers to himself in the third person. You can have him say this in the first person. Alternate translation: “the ring that has my official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 8 8 j3r5 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 потому что Here, King Ahasuerus is expressing the reason why he cannot simply revoke the first letter and also why Esther and Mordecai can write another letter that people must obey. Alternate translation: “you see” or “people will obey your letter because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 8 8 acf4 אֵ֥ין לְ⁠הָשִֽׁיב 1 нельзя отменить As in verse 5, this expression means “revoke.” Alternate translation: “no one can revoke” or “no one can nullify”
EST 8 8 acf5 כְתָ֞ב…אֵ֥ין לְ⁠הָשִֽׁיב 1 письмо… нельзя отменить If it would be clearer in your language, you can put this first in the verse because it explains why Ahasuerus answers Esther and Mordecai in the way that he does. See the UST.
EST 8 8 acf6 figs-explicit כְתָ֞ב אֲשֶׁר־נִכְתָּ֣ב בְּ⁠שֵׁם־הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ וְ⁠נַחְתּ֛וֹם בְּ⁠טַבַּ֥עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 письмо, которое написано именем царя и скреплено перстнем царя Между словом "письма" и "нельзя вернуть" указывается причина, по которой этого нельзя сделать. Вы можете уточнить, почему царь не смог аннулировать указ Амана: "я не могу отменить изданный указ, потому что он был написан от имени царя и скреплен царским перстнем" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 9 acf7 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּקָּרְא֣וּ סֹפְרֵֽי־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 И были созваны писари царя Можно уточнить: "царь созвал писарей". Читатели должны понять, что царь отдал приказ своим слугам, чтобы те собрали к нему писарей (царь лично не созывал их громким голосом) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 8 9 s4ue figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּקָּרְא֣וּ סֹפְרֵֽי־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 И были созваны писари царя You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the king called his scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 9 acf8 וַ⁠יִּקָּרְא֣וּ סֹפְרֵֽי־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 И были созваны писари царя If you use an expression such as “called,” make sure your readers will understand that the king likely sent an official to go and bring the scribes back with him. The king did not call out in a loud voice to get them to come.
EST 8 9 j4r1 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֜י 1 в третий месяц Alternate translation: “in month three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 8 9 acf9 figs-explicit בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֜י 1 в третий месяц Alternate translation: “in the third month of the year” It would still be the same year as in [3:7](../03/07.md), the twelfth year that Ahasuerus reigned as king of Persia. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 9 j356 translate-hebrewmonths הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ סִיוָ֗ן 1 он же месяц Сиван **Sivan** is the name of the third month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “the month of Sivan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 8 9 acg1 הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ סִיוָ֗ן 1 он же месяц Сиван The story is being recorded from the perspective of the Persian court, but for the benefit of its intended Jewish audience, the Hebrew name of the month is given. This month overlaps with May and June on a Western calendar.
EST 8 9 j4r3 translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֣ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֮ בּ⁠וֹ֒ 1 в двадцать третий день его Alternation translation: “on day 23” or “on the twenty-third day of the month” The exact date of the letter helps to establish its legal authority. This would be on June 25th of a Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 8 9 sz6j figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֣ב כְּֽ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מָרְדֳּכַ֣י 1 и было написано всё так, как приказал Мардохей You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they wrote in a letter everything that Mordecai dictated to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 9 acg2 figs-explicit אֶל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֡ים 1 к иудеям It appears from verse 11 that the letter would have been addressed specifically to the Jews in the empire, telling them that the king had authorized them to defend themselves. But copies were also sent to all the royal and provincial officials. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the letter addressed the Jews in the empire, but copies were also sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 9 acg3 וְ⁠אֶ֣ל הָ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנִֽים־וְ⁠הַ⁠פַּחוֹת֩ וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֨י הַ⁠מְּדִינ֜וֹת 1 и сатрапам, и начальникам и правителям областей See how you translated these terms in [3:12](../03/12.md), where they were used to describe who received Haman’s letter. These are all people in government positions. The first one is the governor of the province and the other two are rulers under him who govern cities or smaller areas. If your language uses one term for all of these, you could use that with a descriptive phrase such as “to the government leaders of each province and also to the leaders under him.”
EST 8 9 acg4 אֲשֶׁ֣ר ׀ מֵ⁠הֹ֣דּוּ וְ⁠עַד־כּ֗וּשׁ שֶׁ֣בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה 1 которые от Индии до Ефиопии — ста двадцати семи областей This is background information explaining how far this new letter had to be sent. See how you translated this phrase in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “the empire of Ahasuerus had 127 provinces, stretching all the way from India in the east to Ethiopia in the west”
EST 8 9 zp4q translate-numbers שֶׁ֣בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה 1 ста двадцати семи областей Alternate translation: “one hundred and twenty-seven provinces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 8 9 j4r5 figs-idiom מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙ 1 в каждую область Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления государством). См. [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md).[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 9 bj5s כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֔⁠הּ 1 на её письменности Alternate translation: “using its own alphabet” or “written in its own script”
EST 8 9 j4r7 figs-idiom וְ⁠עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 и к каждому народу This expression means “every people group.” Alternate translation: “and to each ethnic group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 9 j4r9 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשֹׁנ֑⁠וֹ 1 на его языке Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 9 j5r1 וְ⁠אֶ֨ל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠כִ⁠לְשׁוֹנָֽ⁠ם 1 и к иудеям на их языке и их письменности The Jews would have been included among all the people groups in the empire in the phrase “people by people.” So this seems to be saying, “and especially to the Jews.” Verse 11 explains that it was particularly important for the Jews to read the letter because it gave them the right to defend themselves. Alternate translation: “they wrote especially to the Jews in their own script and in their own language”
EST 8 10 acg5 וַ⁠יִּכְתֹּ֗ב…וַ⁠יַּחְתֹּ֖ם 1 И написал он… и скрепил **He** refers to Mordecai. You can use his name here if that would be clearer in your language.
EST 8 10 ijp2 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שֵׁם֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֹ֔שׁ 1 именем царя Артаксеркса Here, **name** is a metaphor meaning authority. Alternate translation: “Mordecai wrote with the authority of King Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 10 jf31 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּחְתֹּ֖ם בְּ⁠טַבַּ֣עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 и скрепил перстнем царя This means that Mordecai sealed the letters with this ring. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he sealed the letters with the ring that had the king’s official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 10 yt4j figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יַד֩ הָ⁠רָצִ֨ים בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֜ים 1 руками посланников на лошадях As in [3:13](../03/13.md), **hand** could mean two different things. (1) It could literally mean “hand,” meaning that the runners carried the letters in their hands. (2) It could also be a metaphor for power, control, or authority, meaning that runners were the ones who delivered the letters to all the provinces throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “couriers on horseback delivered the letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 10 acg6 רֹכְבֵ֤י הָ⁠רֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים בְּנֵ֖י הָֽ⁠רַמָּכִֽים 1 ездящих верхом на быстрых царских конях, особо выращенных Царские жеребцы считались лучшей породой коней. Лошади, использовавшиеся на службе у царя, были потомками тех жеребцов. Альтернативный перевод: "на лучших конях" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 10 p9uc figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֖י הָֽ⁠רַמָּכִֽים 1 особо выращенных Here, **sons** is a metonym meaning the offspring of royal livestock. Alternate translation: “the offspring of the king’s horses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 11 j5r5 figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־עִיר־וָ⁠עִ֗יר 1 в любом городе This expression means “in each and every city.” It is possibly referring to the entire empire by naming one part of it, its cities. The story says in [9:19](../09/19.md) that<br>not just Jews living in cities but Jews living in rural areas also defended themselves. It is likely that the messengers only published the news in the cities and not the entire countryside, but the news was certainly intended for everyone, not only people living in the cities. Alternate translation: “throughout the empire” or “in each and every city” or “in every single city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 11 e1mj figs-metaphor לְ⁠הִקָּהֵל֮ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲמֹ֣ד עַל־נַפְשָׁ⁠ם֒ 1 собираться и стоять за свои души Here, **to stand** is a metaphor meaning to defend oneself and fight back instead of running away from an enemy. Alternate translation: “to join together and fight for their lives” or “to join together and fight back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 11 j5r7 figs-doublet לְ⁠הַשְׁמִיד֩ וְ⁠לַ⁠הֲרֹ֨ג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֜ד 1 истреблять, и убивать, и уничтожать These words mean the same thing and are used together to emphasize the completeness of the destruction that is being described. See how you translated this in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “completely destroy” (A “doublet” can involve the use of more than two words.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 11 acg7 figs-metonymy כָּל־חֵ֨יל עַ֧ם וּ⁠מְדִינָ֛ה הַ⁠צָּרִ֥ים אֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 всю силу народа и области, враждующих с ними **Strength** is a figurative way of referring to an army or to a person carrying weaponry. Alternate translation: “the army of any people or province that attacked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 11 acg8 טַ֣ף וְ⁠נָשִׁ֑ים 1 детей и женщин Alternate translation: “they could also kill the wives and children of the armed men”
EST 8 11 acg9 וּ⁠שְׁלָלָ֖⁠ם לָ⁠בֽוֹז 1 и грабить их имущество See how you translated this expression in [3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “and take everything that belonged to them”
EST 8 12 ach0 figs-explicit בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד 1 в один день This was the day that Haman had set for destroying the Jews in<br>[3:13](../03/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation:<br>“on the same day that Haman had set for destroying the Jews”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 12 ach1 בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינ֖וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 по всем областям царя Артаксеркса Alternate translation: “in every province of the kingdom”
EST 8 12 j6r3 translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר 1 в тринадцатый день Alternate translation: “on day 13” or “on the thirteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 8 12 hi2y translate-ordinal לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר 1 двенадцатого месяца Alternate translation: “of month 12” or “of the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 8 12 ach2 figs-explicit לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר 1 двенадцатого месяца Implicitly, this means “the twelfth month of that same year.” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 12 j6r4 translate-hebrewmonths הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 то есть месяца Адара This is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you<br>translated this in [3:07](../03/07.md) and [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 8 13 j6r5 figs-activepassive פַּתְשֶׁ֣גֶן הַ⁠כְּתָ֗ב לְ⁠הִנָּ֤תֵֽן דָּת֙ 1 Копию этого письма дать… как указ You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the letter told the officials to proclaim this as a law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 13 j6r7 figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֔ה 1 в каждую область This expression means “in each and every province.” Alternate translation: “in every single province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 13 ach4 figs-activepassive גָּל֖וּי לְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עַמִּ֑ים 1 объявляемый для всех народов You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the letter told the officials in every single province to post copies where everyone could see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 13 ach5 וְ⁠לִ⁠הְי֨וֹת הַיְּהוּדִ֤ים עֲתִידִים֙ לַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 чтобы иудеи были готовы к тому дню Alternate translation: “that way the Jews would get ready to do what the letter said when the day came”
EST 8 13 qk1d figs-idiom לְ⁠הִנָּקֵ֖ם מֵ⁠אֹיְבֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 мстить своим врагам This expression, “to take revenge from” another person, means to correct a wrong they have done. In this context, the phrase means to correct the wrong of the original law that gave people permission to kill the Jews. Alternate translation: “and fight back against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 14 ach7 הָ⁠רָצִ֞ים רֹכְבֵ֤י הָ⁠רֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים 1 Посланники, ездящие верхом на быстрых царских конях See how you translated this in [8:10](../08/10.md). Alternate translation: “messengers riding on fast horses that were used for the king’s business”
EST 8 14 ach6 figs-activepassive מְבֹהָלִ֥ים וּ⁠דְחוּפִ֖ים בִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 торопясь и спеша с приказом царя You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded the couriers to deliver the letters as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 14 b69j figs-doublet מְבֹהָלִ֥ים וּ⁠דְחוּפִ֖ים 1 торопясь и спеша These two terms mean almost the same thing and are used together to emphasize the fact that the couriers were told to deliver the letters as quickly as possible. Alternate translation: “they went immediately” or “as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 14 ach8 figs-events הָ⁠רָצִ֞ים רֹכְבֵ֤י הָ⁠רֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים 1 Посланники, ездящие верхом на быстрых царских конях To present the events in chronological order, you can put this after the king’s command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 8 14 j6r9 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠דָּ֥ת נִתְּנָ֖ה 1 и указ был дан You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king’s officials also posted and read copies of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 15 j7r3 writing-newevent וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֞י יָצָ֣א 1 И Мардохей вышел This introduces a new event in the story. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 8 15 j7r5 figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 от царя Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Mordecai had been in the presence of King Ahasuerus and was now leaving in order to fulfill his duties as a high official in the Persian government. Alternate translation: “from the palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 15 ach9 figs-explicit בִּ⁠לְב֤וּשׁ מַלְכוּת֙ תְּכֵ֣לֶת וָ⁠ח֔וּר וַ⁠עֲטֶ֤רֶת זָהָב֙ גְּדוֹלָ֔ה וְ⁠תַכְרִ֥יךְ בּ֖וּץ וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן 1 в царской одежде голубого и белого цвета, и с большой золотой короной, и в фиолетовой мантии из виссона The implication is that the king gave Mordecai these special things to wear to show that he was now his highest officer. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. To put these events in chronological order, you can place this information before the report that Mordecai left the king’s presence to fulfill his duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 15 aci1 בִּ⁠לְב֤וּשׁ מַלְכוּת֙ תְּכֵ֣לֶת 1 в царской одежде голубого Alternate translation: “a blue and white garment that the king had worn”
EST 8 15 aci2 וַ⁠עֲטֶ֤רֶת זָהָב֙ גְּדוֹלָ֔ה 1 и с большой золотой короной Alternate translation: “a large golden crown”
EST 8 15 eqc4 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֣יר שׁוּשָׁ֔ן צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה 1 и город Сузы восклицал и радовался Here, **the city** represents the people living in it. Alternate translation: “the people of Susa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 15 i1ec figs-hendiadys צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה 1 восклицал и радовался This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word **rejoiced** tells how they cheered. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning by saying something like “shouted joyfully.” Alternate translation: “cheered and were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 8 15 aci3 figs-explicit צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה 1 восклицал и радовался The implication is that the people did this when they saw Mordecai. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 16 q2ru figs-metaphor הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה 1 были свет Возможные значения: 1) под "светом" подразумевается "счастье": "были счастье и радость"; 2) речь идёт об успехе и безопасности: "радовались о своей безопасности" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 16 aci4 figs-doublet הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 были свет и радость The terms **light** and **joy** refer to the same thing here.<br>They are used together to emphasize the extreme happiness that the Jews felt.<br>Alternate translation: “the Jews felt very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 16 j8r1 figs-doublet וְ⁠שָׂשֹׂ֖ן וִ⁠יקָֽר 1 и веселье, и честь These terms have similar meaning and are used together with the previous doublet to emphasize again the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 16 n94u figs-explicit וִ⁠יקָֽר 1 и честь Here, **honor** might have two possible meanings. (1) Other people honored the Jews. Alternate translation: “other people honored them” (2) The Jews themselves felt honor instead of shame. Alternate translation: “they felt honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 17 k1eh figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֨ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֜ה 1 И в каждой области Область - это пространная территория, входящая в состав какого-либо государства (страна делится на области для более эффективного управления государством). См., как вы перевели аналогичное слово в [Есфирь 1:1](../01/01.md).[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 17 j8r3 figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־עִ֣יר וָ⁠עִ֗יר 1 и в каждом городе This expression means “each and every city.” Alternate translation: “in every single city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 17 va7t figs-personification מְקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת⁠וֹ֙ מַגִּ֔יעַ 1 в месте, куда доходили приказ царя и его указ Доходил - то есть "был доставлен". Можно сказать: "куда бы гонцы царя ни доставляли его указ" или "где бы ни зачитывали царское повеление" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 8 17 j8r5 figs-doublet שִׂמְחָ֤ה וְ⁠שָׂשׂוֹן֙ לַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים 1 у иудеев были радость и веселье The terms **joy** and **rejoicing** have similar meaning and are used together to emphasize the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. Alternate translation: “the Jews rejoiced greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 17 p89m figs-doublet מִשְׁתֶּ֖ה וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 пир и хороший день These two terms mean something similar and are used together to emphasize the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. Alternate translation: “and had festive celebrations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 17 aci5 figs-idiom וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 и хороший день This expression generally means a day of happiness or celebration. Alternate translation: “and a holiday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 17 aci6 figs-explicit וְ⁠רַבִּ֞ים מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ מִֽתְיַהֲדִ֔ים 1 и многие из народов страны стали иудеями The implication is that they did this because they thought that the Jews might attack them when the Jews fought back against their enemies. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 17 aci7 וְ⁠רַבִּ֞ים מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ מִֽתְיַהֲדִ֔ים 1 и многие из народов страны стали иудеями Alternate translation: “many people from the other ethnic groups in the empire”
EST 8 17 aci8 figs-idiom מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 из народов страны The **peoples of the land** were the non-Jewish people groups within the empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 17 r3qf figs-metaphor נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 напал на них страх иудеев Напал на них страх - значит, что они стали сильно бояться иудеев. Альтернативный перевод: "они начали бояться евреев" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 17 aci9 figs-events נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 напал на них страх иудеев To present the events in chronological order, you can say this before saying that the people from the other groups became Jews themselves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 9 intro yty1 0 # Есфирь 09 Общие замечания<br><br>### Важные концепции<br><br>#### Пурим<br><br>Всё, что случилось с еврейским народом, было настолько значимым, что иудеи начали ежегодно праздновать своё избавление. Данный праздник стал называться "Пурим".<br><br>### Важные изобразительные средства, употреблённые в данной главе<br><br>#### Ирония<br><br>Иронией здесь является то, что день, когда враги должны были одержать победу над евреями, стал днём победы для Божьего народа.<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 09:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../08/intro.md) | [>>](../10/intro.md)__
EST 9 1 j8r7 writing-newevent וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 INTCORE И в двенадцатом месяце This introduces a new event. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 9 1 acj0 figs-explicit וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֗ר בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE И в двенадцатом месяце, то есть месяце Адаре, в его тринадцатый день См., как переведена аналогичная фраза в [Есфирь 3:13](../03/13.md).[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 1 j8r9 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 INTCORE И в двенадцатом месяце Alternate translation: “now in the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 1 t9yc translate-hebrewmonths הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֗ר 1 INTCORE то есть месяце Адаре **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), and [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 9 1 j9r1 translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE в его тринадцатый день Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 1 acj1 אֲשֶׁ֨ר…דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠הֵעָשׂ֑וֹת 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “what the letters said the king had decreed”
EST 9 1 wh56 figs-personification אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִגִּ֧יעַ דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠הֵעָשׂ֑וֹת 1 INTCORE когда приблизилось выполнение приказа царя и его указа Испонить приказ - значит "выполнить чьё-либо распоряжение или приказ". Можно сказать: "когда народ приготовился исполнить царское постановление" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 9 1 acj2 בַּ⁠יּ֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר שִׂבְּר֜וּ אֹיְבֵ֤י הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ לִ⁠שְׁל֣וֹט בָּ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “the enemies of the Jews had expected to defeat the Jews on that day”
EST 9 1 ect2 figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁל֣וֹט 1 INTCORE овладеть This word usually means “to rule over,” but here it figuratively means “to have power over, to be able to destroy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 1 lq9y figs-metaphor וְ⁠נַהֲפ֣וֹךְ 1 INTCORE а вышло наоборот Saying that a situation was turned over is a figurative way of saying that what happened was the opposite of what was expected. Alternate translation: “the situation was reversed” or “the opposite happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 1 acj3 ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁלְט֧וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֛ים הֵ֖מָּה בְּ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “Instead, it was the Jews themselves who destroyed their enemies”
EST 9 1 acj4 figs-idiom בְּ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 INTCORE сами… ненавидящими их This is an idiom that describes enemies (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 2 tj62 figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד 1 INTCORE наложить руки Here the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing him. Alternate translation: “to defend themselves” or “to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 2 d44x figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠מְבַקְשֵׁ֖י רָֽעָתָ֑⁠ם 1 INTCORE на желающих им зла Here the abstract noun **evil** likely means “harm,” as in [7:7](../07/07.md) and [8:6](../08/06.md). In this context, the term can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “who were trying to destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 2 acj6 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ לֹא־עָמַ֣ד לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 INTCORE и никто не мог устоять перед ними Не мог устоять - значит не смог противостоять их атаке. Альтернативный перевод: "никто не был способен противостоять нападению евреев", "никто не смог победить евреев" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 2 x8s3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ לֹא־עָמַ֣ד לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 INTCORE и никто не мог устоять перед ними Here, **standing** is a metaphor meaning to defend oneself and to fight back instead of running away from an enemy. Alternate translation: “was able to fight back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 2 j9r3 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 INTCORE перед ними Here, **face** figuratively stands for the presence of a person, so here it means “when faced with them.” Alternate translation: “against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 2 h7jh figs-metaphor נָפַ֥ל פַּחְדָּ֖⁠ם עַל־כָּל־הָ⁠עַמִּֽים 1 INTCORE их страх напал на все народы Here, **falling** is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “all the peoples suddenly became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 2 acj7 figs-explicit נָפַ֥ל פַּחְדָּ֖⁠ם עַל־כָּל־הָ⁠עַמִּֽים 1 INTCORE их страх напал на все народы The implication is that as a result, no one helped anyone who attacked the Jews. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 3 acj8 שָׂרֵ֨י הַ⁠מְּדִינ֜וֹת וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠פַּח֗וֹת 1 RUQuote See how you translated these terms in [3:12](../03/12.md) and [8:9](../08/09.md). Alternate translation: “the government leaders in each province”
EST 9 3 acj9 וְ⁠עֹשֵׂ֤י הַ⁠מְּלָאכָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “anyone the king had trusted with his affairs”
EST 9 3 ack0 figs-metaphor מְנַשְּׂאִ֖ים אֶת־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 INTCORE поддерживали иудеев Here, **lifting up** is a figurative way of saying “helping.” The picture is likely of someone helping a tired or injured person to stand or walk by holding them up. Alternate translation: “helped the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 3 q2ue figs-metaphor נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 INTCORE поддерживали иудеев Here, **falling** is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of Mordecai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 4 j9r5 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 INTCORE Потому что This term introduces the reason why the officials and satraps and governors were becoming afraid of Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 4 xd49 figs-explicit גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 INTCORE Потому что Мардохей был великим в доме царя The implication is that this is why all the other officials were afraid of Mordecai. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation, add: “They were afraid of him because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 4 ack1 figs-metonymy גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 INTCORE Мардохей был великим в доме царя **The palace of the king** is a figurative way of describing the king’s administration by referring to the place where it was headquartered. Alternate translation: “was very important in the king’s government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 4 ack2 גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 INTCORE Мардохей был великим в доме царя **Great** here is the same term that, as a verb, describes promotion within the king’s<br>service in in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “Mordecai was a very important royal official”
EST 9 4 mr66 figs-personification וְ⁠שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בְּ⁠כָל־הַ⁠מְּדִינ֑וֹת 1 INTCORE и слава его ходила по всем областям То есть все люди узнали, насколько огромную власть получил Мардохей. Альтернативный перевод: "жители всех областей узнали, какой огромной властью он обладал" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 9 4 j9r9 figs-idiom מָרְדֳּכַ֖י הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠גָדֽוֹל 1 INTCORE Мардохей, поднимался всё выше и выше This expression means that Mordecai continued to become more powerful and influential. Alternate translation: “Mordecai was becoming more famous because the king was giving him more and more power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 5 ack3 וַ⁠יַּכּ֤וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ בְּ⁠כָל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מַכַּת־חֶ֥רֶב 1 INTCORE И ударили иудеи всех своих врагов ударом меча After the information about Mordecai, the story now returns to tell what happened on the appointed day. You could add a phrase to show this. Alternate translation, add: “on the day when they were allowed to defend themselves”
EST 9 5 ack4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּכּ֤וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ בְּ⁠כָל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מַכַּת־חֶ֥רֶב 1 INTCORE И ударили иудеи всех своих врагов ударом меча This expression means that the Jews defended themselves against their enemies, even to the point of killing people who attacked them. Alternate translation: “the Jews attacked all of their enemies and killed them with their swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 5 j11d figs-synecdoche מַכַּת־חֶ֥רֶב 1 INTCORE ударом меча Swords were not necessarily the only weapons the Jews had and used. The sword is used to represent all of their weaponry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this more general meaning. Alternate translation: “the Jews took up their weapons and used them against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 9 5 j13d figs-doublet וְ⁠הֶ֖רֶג וְ⁠אַבְדָ֑ן 1 INTCORE убийством и уничтожением These two words have the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they destroyed them completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 9 5 j15d figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֥וּ בְ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶ֖ם כִּ⁠רְצוֹנָֽ⁠ם 1 INTCORE со своими врагами This expression does not mean that the Jews felt pleasure when they killed their enemies. Rather, it means that the Jews were able to defend themselves against their enemies and were not hindered in any way. Alternate translation: “they were able to do everything they wanted to do against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 5 ack5 figs-idiom בְ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 INTCORE со своими врагами This is an idiom that describes enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 6 b5ft וּ⁠בְ⁠שׁוּשַׁ֣ן הַ⁠בִּירָ֗ה 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “just in Susa, the capital city”
EST 9 6 j17d figs-doublet הָרְג֤וּ…וְ⁠אַבֵּ֔ד 1 INTCORE убили и уничтожили These two words have the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 9 6 ha18 translate-numbers חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת אִֽישׁ 1 INTCORE пятьсот человек 500 человек (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 7 ack6 figs-explicit פַּרְשַׁנְדָּ֛תָא…דַּֽלְפ֖וֹן…אַסְפָּֽתָא 1 INTCORE Паршандафу… Далфона… Асфафу The story lists the names of Haman’s sons before explaining that they were his sons and that the Jews killed them. To be clear who these people are, you can add this information from verse 10 explicitly here. Alternate translation, add: “rhe Jews killed the ten sons of their enemy Haman son of Hammedatha. The names of his sons were …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 7 s6x2 translate-names פַּרְשַׁנְדָּ֛תָא…דַּֽלְפ֖וֹן…אַסְפָּֽתָא 1 INTCORE Паршандафу… Далфона… Асфафу These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 9 8 g6zx translate-names פּוֹרָ֛תָא…אֲדַלְיָ֖א…אֲרִידָֽתָא 1 INTCORE Порафу… Адалью… Аридафу Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 9 9 gj4p translate-names פַּרְמַ֨שְׁתָּא֙…אֲרִיסַ֔י…אֲרִדַ֖י…וַיְזָֽתָא 1 INTCORE Пармашфу… Арисая… Аридая… Ваиезафу Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 9 10 fsa2 translate-numbers עֲ֠שֶׂרֶת בְּנֵ֨י 1 INTCORE десятерых сыновей 10-х сыновей (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 10 xt5b figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֥ר הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים 1 INTCORE врага иудеев This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 9 10 j19d figs-idiom לֹ֥א שָׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 INTCORE не протянули своих рук Here the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to take something from another person. Alternate translation: “they did not take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 10 ack7 וּ⁠בַ֨⁠בִּזָּ֔ה 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “But … their possessions”
EST 9 11 ack8 בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 INTCORE В тот день Alternate translation: “at the end of that day”
EST 9 11 j21d figs-personification בָּ֣א מִסְפַּ֧ר…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 INTCORE поступило к царю число Here the story speaks about the report as if it were a living thing that could come into the the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “one of the king’s servants told the king the number of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 9 11 acl0 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 INTCORE к царю Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase likely means that someone came into the king’s presence in order to deliver this report. Alternate translation: “someone came in and reported to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 11 j22d figs-activepassive מִסְפַּ֧ר הַֽ⁠הֲרוּגִ֛ים 1 INTCORE число убитых You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “how many people the Jews had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 12 j33d figs-doublet הָרְגוּ֩…וְ⁠אַבֵּ֜ד 1 INTCORE убили и уничтожили These terms mean the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 9 12 cz3e translate-numbers חֲמֵ֧שׁ מֵא֣וֹת אִ֗ישׁ 1 INTCORE пятьсот человек Alternate translation: “five hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 12 acl1 וְ⁠אֵת֙ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “including”
EST 9 12 j5p9 translate-numbers עֲשֶׂ֣רֶת בְּנֵֽי 1 INTCORE десятерых сыновей Alternate translation: “10 sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 12 vh5l figs-rquestion בִּ⁠שְׁאָ֛ר מְדִינ֥וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ מֶ֣ה עָשׂ֑וּ 1 INTCORE Что же они сделали в других областях царя Царь задаёт Есфири этот вопрос, чтобы выразить свою заинтересованность действиями евреев в областях империи. Альтеративный перевод: "Каковы их действия в других областях?", "Должно быть, они убили многих в других областях царя!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EST 9 12 s3sr figs-parallelism וּ⁠מַה־שְּׁאֵֽלָתֵ⁠ךְ֙ וְ⁠יִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֔⁠ךְ וּ⁠מַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֥⁠ךְ ע֖וֹד וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ 1 INTCORE Какое твоё прошение? Оно будет дано тебе. И какая ещё твоя просьба? Она будет выполнена Абстрактное существительное "желание" можно заменить глаголами "просить", "хотеть": "Что ты хочешь у меня попросить?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 9 12 n3ua figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֔⁠ךְ…וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ 1 INTCORE Оно будет дано тебе… Она будет выполнена Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "Я дам тебе всё, что ты у меня попросишь" или "Я сделаю всё, о чём ты меня попросишь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 12 ly4g figs-abstractnouns שְּׁאֵֽלָתֵ⁠ךְ֙…בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֥⁠ךְ 1 INTCORE твоё прошение… твоя просьба Абстрактное существительное "просьба" можно заменить глаголами "просить", "хотеть": "О чём ты хочешь меня попросить?", "Что бы ты хотела получить от меня?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 13 acl2 figs-idiom אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב 1 INTCORE Если угодно царю Или "исполнять приказ". Альтеративный перевод: "исполнять приказ также и завтра, "исполнять приказ завтра так же, как и сегодня" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 13 acl3 figs-activepassive יִנָּתֵ֣ן 1 INTCORE пусть… будет позволено You can say this with an active form, and you can indicate that Esther is asking the king to do it. Alternate translation: “please allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 13 nz41 גַּם־מָחָ֗ר לַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֔ן לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת כְּ⁠דָ֣ת הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “all the Jews who live in Susa to obey today’s decree tomorrow also” or “to do tomorrow also what was decreed that they should do today”
EST 9 13 j43d בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֔ן 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “in the capital city of Susa”
EST 9 13 acl4 עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי־הָמָ֖ן יִתְל֥וּ 1 RUQuote The request is not for the king to allow the bodies to be impaled (or hanged), but instead, for the king to order this. Alternate translation: “and have the bodies of Haman’s ten sons hanged [or impaled]”
EST 9 13 acl5 translate-symaction עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי־הָמָ֖ן יִתְל֥וּ 1 INTCORE десятерых сыновей Амана пусть повесят Повесить - значит "казнить, повесив на виселице" ("виселица" - это сооружение, состоящее из двух столбов с перекладиной, к которой крепилась веревка, свободный конец которой, как петля, одевался на шею человека). См. [Есфирь 2:23](../02/23.md). Альтернативный перевод: "казнили через повешение" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 9 13 acl6 figs-explicit עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי־הָמָ֖ן יִתְל֥וּ 1 INTCORE десятерых сыновей Амана пусть повесят It is implicit that since Haman’s sons are already dead, what Esther is actually asking for is for their bodies to be impaled or hanged. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bodies of Haman’s ten sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 13 nr1p translate-numbers עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי 1 INTCORE десятерых сыновей Alternate translation: “10 sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 13 qyu8 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 INTCORE дереве See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md) and its other occurrences. Review the explanation in the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 9 14 acl7 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠הֵֽעָשׂ֣וֹת כֵּ֔ן 1 INTCORE И сказал царь сделать так You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king granted both of Esther’s requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 14 acl8 figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּנָּתֵ֥ן דָּ֖ת בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֑ן 1 INTCORE и был дан указ в Сузах This phrase, “in Susa,” seems to indicate that this refers to Esther’s first request. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he issued a decree allowing the Jews in Susa to fight against their enemies again the next day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 14 j47d figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּנָּתֵ֥ן דָּ֖ת בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֑ן 1 INTCORE и был дан указ в Сузах This can be stated in active form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 14 j49d בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֑ן 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “in the capital city of Susa”
EST 9 14 acl9 figs-explicit תָּלֽוּ 1 INTCORE и был дан указ в Сузах This was Esther’s second request. You can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he ordered his servants to hang [or impale] the bodies of Haman’s ten sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 14 j51d translate-numbers עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי 1 INTCORE десятерых сыновей Alternate translation: “10 sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 15 j55d בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֗ן 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “who lived in the capital city of Susa”
EST 9 15 acm0 וַ⁠יִּֽקָּהֲל֞וּ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “joined together”
EST 9 15 p9gc translate-ordinal בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ 1 INTCORE в четырнадцатый день Alternate translation: “on day 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 15 j57d translate-hebrewmonths לְ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר 1 INTCORE месяца Адара **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), and [9:1](../09/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 9 15 j59d בְ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֔ן 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “in the capital city of Susa”
EST 9 15 j61d translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת אִ֑ישׁ 1 INTCORE триста человек Alternate translation: “three hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 15 lp12 figs-idiom וּ⁠בַ֨⁠בִּזָּ֔ה לֹ֥א שָׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 INTCORE а на добычу не протянули своих рук Here, the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to take something from another person. Alternate translation: “they did not take the things that belonged to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 16 j65d figs-metaphor נִקְהֲל֣וּ ׀ וְ⁠עָמֹ֣ד עַל־נַפְשָׁ֗⁠ם 1 INTCORE и успокоились от своих врагов Here, **standing** is a metaphor meaning to defend oneself and to fight back instead of running away from an enemy. See how you translated this in [8:11](../08/11.md). Alternate translation: “joined together to fight back against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 16 acm2 figs-explicit נִקְהֲל֣וּ ׀ וְ⁠עָמֹ֣ד עַל־נַפְשָׁ֗⁠ם 1 INTCORE собрались и стояли за свои души It’s implicit here, and stated explicitly in the next verse, that these other Jews fought their enemies only on the thirteenth day. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly here. Alternate translation, add: “on the thirteenth day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 16 acm3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נ֨וֹחַ֙ מֵ⁠אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 INTCORE и успокоились от своих врагов Here, **resting** is a figurative way of saying that they no longer needed to fight against their enemies because they had won the battle. Alternate translation: “they had no more trouble from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 16 kms1 וְ⁠הָרֹג֙ בְּ⁠שֹׂ֣נְאֵי⁠הֶ֔ם חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “and killed 75,000 of them”
EST 9 16 i1d1 translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף 1 INTCORE семьдесят пять тысяч Alternate translation: “seventy-five thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 16 m2cx לֹ֥א שָֽׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “they did not take the things that belonged to them” or “they did not take the valuable things” or “the did not take their possessions”
EST 9 17 ll4f translate-ordinal בְּ⁠יוֹם־שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר 1 INTCORE в тринадцатый день Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 17 j67d translate-hebrewmonths לְ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֑ר 1 INTCORE месяца Адара **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), and [9:15](../09/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 9 17 acm5 בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠עָשֹׂ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ י֖וֹם מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָֽה 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “they devoted the next day, the fourteenth day of the month of Adar, to joyful celebration” or “they feasted joyfully the next day, the fourteenth day of the month of Adar”
EST 9 17 kjj1 translate-ordinal בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE на его четырнадцатый день Alternate translation: “on day 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 17 j69d figs-hendiadys מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָֽה 1 INTCORE пира и радости This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word **rejoicing** tells how they celebrated. Alternate translation: “joyful celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 9 17 acm6 figs-synecdoche מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה 1 INTCORE пира и радости This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. The celebrations must have included more than just eating special meals together, but the story uses those meals to refer to the entire celebrations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 9 18 w531 וְהַיְּהוּדִ֣ים אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֗ן נִקְהֲלוּ֙ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “but the Jews who lived in the capital city of Susa”
EST 9 18 acm7 figs-explicit נִקְהֲלוּ֙ 1 INTCORE собирались The implication is that they did this to fight against their enemies. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who lived in Susa joined together to fight against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 18 acm8 figs-explicit בִּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE собирались If it would be clearer, you can say which month this is. Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth and fourteenth days of the month of Adar”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 18 j73d translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE в его тринадцатый день Alternate translation: “on day 13” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 18 j75d translate-ordinal וּ⁠בְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE в его пятнадцатый день Alternate translation: “and on day 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 18 acm9 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נ֗וֹחַ בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠עָשֹׂ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ י֖וֹם מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָֽה 1 INTCORE и успокоились в его пятнадцатый день, и сделали его днём пира и радости **Resting** is a figurative way of saying that they no longer needed to fight against their enemies because they had won the battle. Alternate translation: “they defeated them, and there was no fighting on the fifteenth day. They devoted that day to joyful celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 18 j77d translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE в его пятнадцатый день Alternate translation: “on day 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 18 j79d figs-hendiadys מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָֽה 1 INTCORE пира и радости This phrase means the same thing as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “for feasting joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 9 19 j81d grammar-connect-logic-result עַל־כֵּ֞ן 1 INTCORE Поэтому This term introduces the result of the events that were described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “for that reason” or “that is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 19 acn0 figs-parallelism הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֣ים הַפְּרָזִ֗ים הַ⁠יֹּשְׁבִים֮ בְּ⁠עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠פְּרָזוֹת֒ 1 INTCORE сельские иудеи, живущие в открытых селениях These two phrases mean similar things. They are used together to make the identification of this group clear. The first phrase means that they lived in rural areas. The second phrase means they lived in settlements that did not have walls around them, that is, in villages. You can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the Jews who live in villages in the countryside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 9 19 acn1 figs-explicit עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֠ת י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙…וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 INTCORE делают четырнадцатый день… и хорошим днём The implication is that this explanation is being offered for the benefit of city-dwelling Jews who might wonder why rural Jews celebrate this holiday on a different day. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation, add: “rather than on the fifteenth day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 19 acn2 עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֠ת י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙…וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 INTCORE делают четырнадцатый день… и хорошим днём Alternate translation: “observe this holiday on the fourteenth day”
EST 9 19 j83d translate-ordinal י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ 1 INTCORE четырнадцатый день Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 19 j85d translate-hebrewmonths לְ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר 1 INTCORE месяца Адара **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), [9:15](../09/15.md) and [9:17](../09/17.md).<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 9 19 j87d figs-hendiadys שִׂמְחָ֥ה וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֖ה 1 INTCORE радостью, и пиршеством As in verses 17 and 18, this means “by celebrating joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 9 19 j89d figs-idiom וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 INTCORE и хорошим днём This expression generally means a day of happiness or celebration. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 19 acn3 translate-symaction וּ⁠מִשְׁל֥וֹחַ מָנ֖וֹת אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 INTCORE и посылают подарки друг другу Giving gifts, in this culture as in many cultures, was a way of acknowledging a special occasion. Alternate translation: “and by giving gifts to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 9 19 j91d figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 INTCORE друг другу Here, **a man** means “a person.” The term **friend** would include family members and neighbors as well as social friends. Alternate translation: “to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 20 acn4 וַ⁠יִּכְתֹּ֣ב…הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “wrote an account of all of these events”
EST 9 20 acn5 כָּל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֗ים אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינוֹת֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “all the Jews everywhere in the kingdom”
EST 9 20 j95d figs-merism הַ⁠קְּרוֹבִ֖ים וְ⁠הָ⁠רְחוֹקִֽים 1 INTCORE к ближним и к дальним This is a figurative way of referring to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between. This expression means the Jews who lived in or near Susa, those who lived far away, and all Jews in between. Alternate translation: “everywhere they lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 9 21 acn6 figs-idiom לְ⁠קַיֵּם֮ עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֒ לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים 1 INTCORE чтобы установить у них празднование Установить праздник - значит "отмечать важное событие". Альтернативный перевод: "ежегодно в четырнадцатый и пятнадцатый день месяца Адар праздновали" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 21 j97d translate-ordinal י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ 1 INTCORE четырнадцатый день Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 21 j99d translate-hebrewmonths לְ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר 1 INTCORE месяца Адара **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), [9:15](../09/15.md), [9:17](../09/17.md), and [9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 9 21 j111 translate-ordinal יוֹם־חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE его пятнадцатого дня Alternate translation: “the fifteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 21 n4v9 figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׁנָֽה 1 INTCORE каждый год This expression means “every year.” Alternation translation: “each year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 22 acn7 grammar-connect-logic-result כַּ⁠יָּמִ֗ים אֲשֶׁר 1 INTCORE как дни, в которые This verse gives the reason for what Mordecai told the Jews to do in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “because those were the days when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 22 acn8 figs-metaphor נָ֨חוּ בָ⁠הֶ֤ם הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ מֵ⁠א֣וֹיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 INTCORE в которые иудеи успокоились от своих врагов As in verses 16, 17, and 18, **resting** here is a figurative way of saying that they no longer needed to fight against their enemies because they had won the battle. Alternate translation: “the Jews stopped fighting because they had defeated their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 22 acn9 וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֗דֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר֩ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “And that was the month when”
EST 9 22 aco1 figs-parallelism נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖בֶל לְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 INTCORE превратилась их печаль в радость, и скорбь — в хороший день Вместо абстрактных существительных "печаль", "радость" можно использовать глаголы "горевать", "радоваться": "они перестали горевать и начали радоваться" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 9 22 aco3 figs-explicit נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖בֶל לְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 INTCORE превратилась их печаль в радость, и скорбь — в хороший день It is implicit that the Jews were deeply distressed because they were being threatened with destruction, and they became very happy once they were safe from all their enemies. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that here. Alternate translation: “everything had changed for them. They had been deeply distressed because they were threatened with destruction. But they became very happy once they were safe from all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 22 nch1 figs-metaphor נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה 1 INTCORE в которые иудеи успокоились от своих врагов **Turning** figuratively represents changing. Alternate translation: “they changed from being very sad to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 22 aco4 figs-abstractnouns מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה 1 INTCORE печаль в радость The abstract nouns **sorrow** and **joy** can be expressed with adjectives such as “distressed” and “happy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 22 j113 figs-explicit לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת אוֹתָ֗⁠ם יְמֵי֙ 1 INTCORE превратилась их печаль в радость, и скорбь — в хороший день These are things that Mordecai is telling the Jews to do in his letters. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that here. Alternate translation: “so Mordecai told them to observe those days with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 22 j115 figs-hendiadys מִשְׁתֶּ֣ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה 1 INTCORE пира и радости As in verses 17, 18, and 19, this phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word “rejoicing” tells how the celebrating was to be done. Alternate translation: “joyful celebration” or “feasting joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 9 22 aco5 וּ⁠מִשְׁל֤וֹחַ מָנוֹת֙ אִ֣ישׁ לְ⁠רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 RUQuote See how you translated this in verse 19. Review the notes there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “and by giving gifts to one another”
EST 9 22 j117 figs-idiom אִ֣ישׁ לְ⁠רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 INTCORE друг другу Here, **a man** means “a person.” The term **friend** would include family members and neighbors as well as social friends. Alternate translation: “to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 22 aco6 translate-symaction וּ⁠מַתָּנ֖וֹת לָֽ⁠אֶבְיוֹנִֽים 1 INTCORE и подарки бедным In this culture as in many others, helping the poor was also a way of acknowledging a special occasion. The idea was that no one should miss out on the benefits of the wonderful thing that God had done. Alternate translation: “Mordecai also told them that they should help the poor on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 9 22 z1vl figs-explicit וּ⁠מַתָּנ֖וֹת לָֽ⁠אֶבְיוֹנִֽים 1 INTCORE и подарки бедным This is also something that Mordecai is telling the Jews to do in his letters. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that here. Alternate translation: “Mordecai also told them that they should give gifts to the poor on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 23 aco7 figs-explicit וְ⁠קִבֵּל֙…אֲשֶׁר־כָּתַ֥ב מָרְדֳּכַ֖י אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 INTCORE И приняли… о чём Мардохей написал им The implication seems to be that the Jews were glad to do what Mordecai had instructed, because they had already been doing it. You can add a word such as “readily” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 23 aco8 וְ⁠קִבֵּל֙ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “agreed”
EST 9 23 ib25 figs-events אֲשֶׁר־הֵחֵ֖לּוּ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֑וֹת 1 INTCORE что уже начали делать Alternate translation: “the Jews were already celebrating those days that way.” You can put this information first, to present the events in logical and chronological order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 9 24 j119 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי֩ 1 INTCORE потому что This introduces the reason for the events previously described. The story will now summarize everything that happened previously. The Jews were to celebrate because they were able to fight back when Haman plotted to destroy all of them. Alternate translation: “they would celebrate these days to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 24 kqf6 figs-explicit כִּי֩ 1 INTCORE и бросал пур, то есть жребий Пур - это персидское слово, переводимое как "жребий". Выражение "бросать пур" означает "бросать жребий".[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 24 j125 figs-distinguish צֹרֵר֙ כָּל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים 1 INTCORE враг всех иудеев This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of all the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 9 24 aco9 חָשַׁ֥ב עַל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים לְ⁠אַבְּדָ֑⁠ם 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “had tried to carry out a plan that would destroy the Jews”
EST 9 24 xz7s figs-explicit וְ⁠הִפִּ֥יל פּוּר֙ ה֣וּא הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֔ל 1 INTCORE и бросал пур, то есть жребий Вы можете уточнить, зачем Аман бросал жребий: "он бросал "пур" (то есть "жребий"), чтобы выбрать наиболее подходящий день для истребления евреев" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 24 bcy2 translate-names פּוּר֙ ה֣וּא הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֔ל 1 INTCORE пур, то есть жребий As in 3:7, the storyteller is giving both the Persian and the Hebrew name because this is the story behind the Festival of Purim, which takes its name from “Pur.” So this is not repetition for emphasis. You can put in the Persian name and then the name for “lot” in your own language to show that the storyteller is doing this. Alternate translation: “a Pur (that is, a lot)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 9 24 j127 figs-hendiadys לְ⁠הֻמָּ֖⁠ם וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַבְּדָֽ⁠ם 1 INTCORE об их истреблении и об их уничтожении The terms **vex** and **destroy** mean basically the same thing. They are used together to emphasize the degree to which Haman’s deadly plans were distressing to the Jews. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the terms and express the emphasis with a word like “completely.” Alternate translation: “and completely destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 9 25 m8x3 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠בֹאָ⁠הּ֮ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 INTCORE и когда она пришла к царю In this summary, many details are communicated implicitly. **She** means Esther. Also, this verse continues the account of what this celebration is commemorating.<br>If it would be clearer in your language, you can make these things explicit. Alternate translation: “the celebration also commemorated how Esther dared to come into the king’s presence without being summoned, and she won his favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 25 j128 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 INTCORE к царю Here, **face** is a metonym meaning the presence of a person. This phrase means that Esther came into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into the king’s presence” or “before the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 25 acp1 figs-explicit אָמַ֣ר עִם־הַ⁠סֵּ֔פֶר 1 INTCORE он приказал письмом Once again, there is much information that is implicit here. If it would be clearer in your language, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “the king gave Mordecai the authority to send a letter throughout the empire saying that the Jews could defend themselves against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 25 y57b figs-idiom יָשׁ֞וּב מַחֲשַׁבְתּ֧⁠וֹ הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה אֲשֶׁר־חָשַׁ֥ב עַל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עַל־רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE чтобы его злой замысел, который он задумал против иудеев, обратился на его голову Направился против него - значит "обрушился на него самого". Альтернативный перевод: "злой замысел Амана, составленный против евреев, был осуществлён против него самого" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 25 acp2 figs-personification וְ⁠תָל֥וּ אֹת֛⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֖י⁠ו עַל־הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 INTCORE и повесили его и его сыновей на дереве The letter itself did not say this. The story is summarizing the events in compressed form. It is speaking of the letter as if it were a person who could take action and give commands like this, but it was the king who gave the command. Alternate translation: “the king also ordered his servants to hang [or impale] Haman on a wooden pole [or hang Haman on a gallows]. When the Jews in Susa killed his ten sons, the king had their bodies hanged [or impaled] as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 9 25 j129 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 INTCORE дереве See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md) and its other occurrences. Review the explanation in the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 9 26 j131 grammar-connect-logic-result עַל־כֵּ֡ן 1 INTCORE Поэтому This introduces the reason why the Jews gave the name “Purim” to this celebration. Alternate translation: “for that reason” or “that is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 26 acp3 figs-explicit קָֽרְאוּ֩ לַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָ⁠אֵ֤לֶּה פוּרִים֙ 1 INTCORE и по тому, что они видели об этом и что доходило до них **They** means the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jews called these days Purim, like the word Pur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 26 c1gi translate-names פוּרִים֙ 1 INTCORE Пурим This is the name of the festival that commemorates the salvation of the Jewish people in ancient Persia from Haman’s plot to destroy and kill all the Jews in a single day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 9 26 buf1 writing-background עַל־שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠פּ֔וּר 1 INTCORE от имени \"пур\" Alternate translation: “the Persian word for ‘lot’ is ‘Pur’” This is information that the original audience needed to understand how this celebration got its name. You can put this first in the verse because it explains what comes next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 9 26 yq8m figs-explicit שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠פּ֔וּר 1 INTCORE и по тому, что они видели об этом и что доходило до них It can be stated clearly what “Pur” means. Alternate translation: “the word Pur, which means ‘lot’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 26 j133 grammar-connect-logic-result עַל־כֵּ֕ן 1 INTCORE Поэтому Это название древнеперсидского праздника, установленного в память об избавлении еврейского народа от замысла Амана, направленного против истребления иудеев (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 26 acp4 עַל־כָּל־דִּבְרֵ֖י הָ⁠אִגֶּ֣רֶת הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 RUQuote This is a reference to the letter that Mordecai wrote, as described in verses 20–22. Alternate translation: “because Mordecai wrote to them to tell them to observe this holiday”
EST 9 26 acp5 figs-parallelism וּ⁠מָֽה־רָא֣וּ עַל־כָּ֔כָה וּ⁠מָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 INTCORE и по тому, что они видели об этом и что доходило до них These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize what a vivid experience it was to live through the events that this story describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the phrases and express the emphasis with a word like “amazing.” Alternate translation: “the amazing things that had happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 9 26 acp6 figs-explicit וּ⁠מָֽה־רָא֣וּ עַל־כָּ֔כָה וּ⁠מָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 INTCORE и по тому, что они видели об этом и что доходило до них These phrases say generally “this” and “what,” but they are referring to the specific events the story has related. If it would be clearer in your language, you can describe these things specifically. Alternate translation: “because the Jews had been able to destroy the enemies who had wanted to destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 26 acp7 figs-events וּ⁠מָֽה־רָא֣וּ עַל־כָּ֔כָה וּ⁠מָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 INTCORE и по тому, что они видели об этом и что доходило до них, You can put this first, before the information about Mordecai’s letter, because it happened first. You can say “then” when you tell about the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 9 26 j135 figs-idiom וּ⁠מָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 INTCORE и что доходило до них This expression means “what had happened to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 27 acp8 קִיְּמ֣וּ וְקִבְּל֣וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֩ ׀ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֨ם ׀ וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֜⁠ם וְ⁠עַ֨ל כָּל־הַ⁠נִּלְוִ֤ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙…לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֣ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠יָּמִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “the Jews said that they would tell their descendants and those people who became Jews to be certain to celebrate this festival”
EST 9 27 acp9 figs-doublet קִיְּמ֣וּ וְקִבְּל֣וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֩ 1 INTCORE иудеи постановили и приняли для себя, и для своего семени, и для всех присоединяющихся к ним… праздновать эти два дня “Set up” and “accepted” mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews definitely agreed to do this. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “agreed to establish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 9 27 j137 figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֜⁠ם 1 INTCORE для своего семени As in [6:13](../06/13.md), **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 27 j141 figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲב֔וֹר 1 INTCORE непременно This expression means that the Jews would never stop celebrating the feast of Purim every year. You can put this last since it applies to the whole verse. Alternate translation: “always” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 27 acq0 figs-events לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֣ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠יָּמִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 INTCORE праздновать эти два дня Alternate translation: “to establish those two days as holidays and to observe them.” To present things in chronological order, you can put this before the reference to Jewish descendants and converts to Judaism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 9 27 acq1 כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֖⁠ם 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “in the way that Mordecai had told them to do in the letter”
EST 9 27 acq2 וְ⁠כִ⁠זְמַנָּ֑⁠ם 1 RUQuote This means the fourteenth and fifteenth days of the month of Adar, as specified in [9:21](../09/21.md). Alternate translation: “on those exact days of the month of Adar”
EST 9 27 j143 figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׁנָֽה 1 INTCORE каждый год This expression means “each and every year.” Alternate translation: “every single year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 28 acq3 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ֠⁠אֵלֶּה נִזְכָּרִ֨ים וְ⁠נַעֲשִׂ֜ים 1 INTCORE и чтобы эти дни помнили и праздновали This gives the result of the reasons described in verses 26 and 27. Alternate translation: “therefore” or “that is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 28 acq4 figs-doublet וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ֠⁠אֵלֶּה נִזְכָּרִ֨ים וְ⁠נַעֲשִׂ֜ים 1 INTCORE и чтобы эти дни помнили и праздновали **Remembered** and **made** mean basically the same thing here. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews have been faithful in doing this. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the general meaning by saying something like “So the Jews have celebrated these days.” Alternate translation: “therefore they said that they would remember and celebrate on those two days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 9 28 hc8s figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ֠⁠אֵלֶּה נִזְכָּרִ֨ים וְ⁠נַעֲשִׂ֜ים 1 INTCORE и чтобы эти дни помнили и праздновали This expression uses two passive forms, but you could say the same thing using active forms. Alternate translation: “so the Jews have celebrated and observed these days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 28 j145 figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־דּ֣וֹר וָ⁠ד֗וֹר 1 INTCORE во все роды This expression means “in each and every generation.” Alternate translation: “in every single generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 28 j147 figs-idiom מִשְׁפָּחָה֙ וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּחָ֔ה 1 INTCORE и чтобы эти дни Пурима не отменялись среди иудеев, и чтобы память о них не исчезла у их семени This expression means “every family.” Alternate translation: “every Jewish family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 28 acq5 figs-merism מְדִינָ֥ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֖ה וְ⁠עִ֣יר וָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 INTCORE в каждой области и в каждом городе This could be a figure of speech that refers to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between those parts. Generally speaking, a province would be the largest division of the empire that would identify a person’s location, and a city would be the smallest. Particularly, since the Jews would continue to celebrate Purim after the Persian empire and its provinces no longer exist, you might choose to express the meaning of this figure of speech in a more general way. Alternate translation: “everywhere they have lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 9 28 j149 figs-idiom מְדִינָ֥ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֖ה 1 INTCORE в каждой области This expression means “every province.” Alternate translation: “in every single<br>province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 28 j151 figs-idiom וְ⁠עִ֣יר וָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 INTCORE и в каждом городе This expression means “every city.” Alternate translation: “in every single city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 28 acq6 figs-doublenegatives וִ⁠ימֵ֞י הַ⁠פּוּרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה לֹ֤א יַֽעַבְרוּ֙ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים וְ⁠זִכְרָ֖⁠ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף מִ⁠זַּרְעָֽ⁠ם 1 INTCORE и чтобы эти дни Пурима не отменялись среди иудеев, и чтобы память о них не исчезла у их семени. As in verse 27, this expression means that the Jews will never stop celebrating the feast of Purim. You can say this positively. Alternate translation: “will always observe the Festival of Purim faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EST 9 28 m5o8 figs-parallelism וִ⁠ימֵ֞י הַ⁠פּוּרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה לֹ֤א יַֽעַבְרוּ֙ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים וְ⁠זִכְרָ֖⁠ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף מִ⁠זַּרְעָֽ⁠ם 1 INTCORE и чтобы эти дни Пурима не отменялись среди иудеев, и чтобы память о них не исчезла у их семени These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews will definitely not stop celebrating Purim each year. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the phrases and express the emphasis with a word like “definitely” or “certainly” or “always.” Alternate translation: “the Jews and their descendants will certainly always continue to celebrate this festival of Purim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 9 28 acq7 מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “within the Jewish community”
EST 9 28 i2qk וְ⁠זִכְרָ֖⁠ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “will always observe”
EST 9 28 j155 figs-metaphor מִ⁠זַּרְעָֽ⁠ם 1 INTCORE у их семени As in verse 27, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 29 je8e figs-distinguish בַת־אֲבִיחַ֛יִל 1 INTCORE дочь Абихаила This information reminds the reader who Esther was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 9 29 cm8c translate-names אֲבִיחַ֛יִל 1 INTCORE Абихаила Отец Есфирь был дядей Мардохея. См., как данный факт переведён в [Есфирь 2:15](../02/15.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 9 29 oc4c וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֥י 1 Since the Hebrew verb wrote is feminine singular, it means that the letter was from Esther. The mention of **Mordecai** here probably means that Mordecai helped her to write the letter. Alternate translation: “with Mordecai”
EST 9 29 acq8 figs-distinguish הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖י 1 INTCORE дочь Абихаила This phrase gives information about Mordecai to remind the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 9 29 acq9 תִּכְתֹּב…אֶת־כָּל־תֹּ֑קֶף 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “using her royal authority” or “using the authority that she had as queen”
EST 9 29 ku7d translate-numbers לְ⁠קַיֵּ֗ם אֵ֣ת אִגֶּ֧רֶת הַ⁠פּוּרִ֛ים הַ⁠זֹּ֖את הַ⁠שֵּׁנִֽית 1 INTCORE чтобы исполняли это второе письмо Пурима **This second letter of Purim** could refer to (1) this letter that Esther is writing, which is the second letter that the Jews will receive about the festival of Purim. Alternate translation: “an additional letter about Purim with her authority” or (2) the second letter that Mordecai wrote (see verses 20-22), creating the festival of Purim. Alternate translation: “to confirm what Mordecai had written about Purim in his second letter” In either case, this letter from Esther is to add her royal authority to what Mordecai had already written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 30 acr1 figs-gendernotations וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח סְפָרִ֜ים 1 INTCORE И он послал письма While this says “**he**,” in context it refers to the letter that Esther wrote with Mordecai’s help. Alternate translation: “they sent copies of this second letter” or “Mordecai ordered messengers to take copies of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EST 9 30 acr2 figs-parallelism אֶל־כָּל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֗ים אֶל־שֶׁ֨בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה מַלְכ֖וּת אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 INTCORE ко всем иудеям в сто двадцать семь областей царства Артаксеркса These three phrases all mean the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that Esther and Mordecai sent this second letter out comprehensively throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “to all the Jews throughout the entire empire of Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 9 30 acr3 figs-metonymy שֶׁ֨בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה 1 INTCORE сто двадцать семь областей The letter was not sent to the provinces as geographical territories, but to the Jews who lived in them. The Jews are being described by something associated with them, the places where they lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 30 u389 translate-numbers שֶׁ֨בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה 1 INTCORE сто двадцать семь областей Alternate translation: “one hundred and twenty-seven provinces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 30 iaf7 figs-abstractnouns דִּבְרֵ֥י שָׁל֖וֹם וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 INTCORE со словами мира и правды The abstract nouns **peace** and **truth** can be expressed in other ways. Alternate translation: “encouraging the Jews that they are now safe and can live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 30 mpse דִּבְרֵ֥י שָׁל֖וֹם וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 The Hebrew word translated as **truth** here also refers to things that are “sure” or “secure.” When “peace” and “truth” are paired together, they can refer to a peaceful, stable political environment, as in 2 Kings 20:19 and Jeremiah 33:6. Alternate translation: “with a message that assured them of their peaceful and stable situation”
EST 9 31 acr4 לְ⁠קַיֵּ֡ם אֵת־יְמֵי֩ הַ⁠פֻּרִ֨ים הָ⁠אֵ֜לֶּה בִּ⁠זְמַנֵּי⁠הֶ֗ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֩ קִיַּ֨ם עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם מָרְדֳּכַ֤י הַ⁠יְּהוּדִי֙ וְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “in this second letter, Mordecai the Jew and Queen Esther confirmed that Purim should be celebrated on the fourteenth and fifteenth days of the month of Adar”
EST 9 31 rgr9 figs-distinguish הַ⁠יְּהוּדִי֙ 1 INTCORE иудей This phrase gives clarifying information about Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 9 31 acr5 וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר קִיְּמ֥וּ עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖⁠ם וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠צֹּמ֖וֹת וְ⁠זַעֲקָתָֽ⁠ם 1 RUQuote This is referring to background information that the original audience would have known. They would have known what the fasting was about. It could be either: (1) fasting as a part of Purim. We know that some Jews fasted on the 13th day of the month of Adar to commemorate the day that Haman intended to destroy them, or (2) other times of fasting. Ever since the destruction of Jerusalem, the Jews had been fasting and mourning in the fifth month of the year to show their sorrow over what had happened. (The story refers to the Babylonian conquest of Jerusalem in [2:6](../02/06.md).) You could put this information in a footnote if it would help your readers to understand this.
EST 9 31 rl2s figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם 1 INTCORE и для своего семени Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning the offspring or descendants of the Jews. Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 32 acr7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְתָּ֖ב בַּ⁠סֵּֽפֶר 1 INTCORE и он был вписан в книгу You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the royal scribes made an official record of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 1 j8r7 writing-newevent וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 И в двенадцатом месяце This introduces a new event. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 9 1 acj0 figs-explicit וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֗ר בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 И в двенадцатом месяце, то есть месяце Адаре, в его тринадцатый день См., как переведена аналогичная фраза в [Есфирь 3:13](../03/13.md).[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 1 j8r9 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 И в двенадцатом месяце Alternate translation: “now in the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 1 t9yc translate-hebrewmonths הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֗ר 1 то есть месяце Адаре **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), and [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 9 1 j9r1 translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 в его тринадцатый день Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 1 acj1 אֲשֶׁ֨ר…דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠הֵעָשׂ֑וֹת 1 когда… выполнение приказа царя и его указа Alternate translation: “what the letters said the king had decreed”
EST 9 1 wh56 figs-personification אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִגִּ֧יעַ דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠הֵעָשׂ֑וֹת 1 когда приблизилось выполнение приказа царя и его указа Испонить приказ - значит "выполнить чьё-либо распоряжение или приказ". Можно сказать: "когда народ приготовился исполнить царское постановление" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 9 1 acj2 בַּ⁠יּ֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר שִׂבְּר֜וּ אֹיְבֵ֤י הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ לִ⁠שְׁל֣וֹט בָּ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 в день, когда надеялись враги иудеев овладеть ими Alternate translation: “the enemies of the Jews had expected to defeat the Jews on that day”
EST 9 1 ect2 figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁל֣וֹט 1 овладеть This word usually means “to rule over,” but here it figuratively means “to have power over, to be able to destroy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 1 lq9y figs-metaphor וְ⁠נַהֲפ֣וֹךְ 1 а вышло наоборот Saying that a situation was turned over is a figurative way of saying that what happened was the opposite of what was expected. Alternate translation: “the situation was reversed” or “the opposite happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 1 acj3 ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁלְט֧וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֛ים הֵ֖מָּה בְּ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 а вышло наоборот, что овладели сами иудеи ненавидящими их Alternate translation: “Instead, it was the Jews themselves who destroyed their enemies”
EST 9 1 acj4 figs-idiom בְּ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 ненавидящими их This is an idiom that describes enemies (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 2 tj62 figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד 1 чтобы наложить руки Here the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing him. Alternate translation: “to defend themselves” or “to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 2 d44x figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠מְבַקְשֵׁ֖י רָֽעָתָ֑⁠ם 1 на желающих им зла Here the abstract noun **evil** likely means “harm,” as in [7:7](../07/07.md) and [8:6](../08/06.md). In this context, the term can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “who were trying to destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 2 acj6 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ לֹא־עָמַ֣ד לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 и никто не мог устоять перед ними Не мог устоять - значит не смог противостоять их атаке. Альтернативный перевод: "никто не был способен противостоять нападению евреев", "никто не смог победить евреев" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 2 x8s3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ לֹא־עָמַ֣ד לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 и никто не мог устоять перед ними Here, **standing** is a metaphor meaning to defend oneself and to fight back instead of running away from an enemy. Alternate translation: “was able to fight back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 2 j9r3 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 перед ними Here, **face** figuratively stands for the presence of a person, so here it means “when faced with them.” Alternate translation: “against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 2 h7jh figs-metaphor נָפַ֥ל פַּחְדָּ֖⁠ם עַל־כָּל־הָ⁠עַמִּֽים 1 их страх напал на все народы Here, **falling** is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “all the peoples suddenly became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 2 acj7 figs-explicit נָפַ֥ל פַּחְדָּ֖⁠ם עַל־כָּל־הָ⁠עַמִּֽים 1 их страх напал на все народы The implication is that as a result, no one helped anyone who attacked the Jews. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 3 acj8 שָׂרֵ֨י הַ⁠מְּדִינ֜וֹת וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠פַּח֗וֹת 1 правители областей, и сатрапы, и начальники See how you translated these terms in [3:12](../03/12.md) and [8:9](../08/09.md). Alternate translation: “the government leaders in each province”
EST 9 3 acj9 וְ⁠עֹשֵׂ֤י הַ⁠מְּלָאכָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 и выполняющие дела, которые у царя Alternate translation: “anyone the king had trusted with his affairs”
EST 9 3 ack0 figs-metaphor מְנַשְּׂאִ֖ים אֶת־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 поддерживали иудеев Here, **lifting up** is a figurative way of saying “helping.” The picture is likely of someone helping a tired or injured person to stand or walk by holding them up. Alternate translation: “helped the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 3 q2ue figs-metaphor נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 напал на них страх Мардохея Here, **falling** is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of Mordecai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 4 j9r5 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 Потому что This term introduces the reason why the officials and satraps and governors were becoming afraid of Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 4 xd49 figs-explicit גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Мардохей был великим в доме царя The implication is that this is why all the other officials were afraid of Mordecai. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation, add: “They were afraid of him because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 4 ack1 figs-metonymy גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Мардохей был великим в доме царя **The palace of the king** is a figurative way of describing the king’s administration by referring to the place where it was headquartered. Alternate translation: “was very important in the king’s government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 4 ack2 גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Мардохей был великим в доме царя **Great** here is the same term that, as a verb, describes promotion within the king’s<br>service in in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “Mordecai was a very important royal official”
EST 9 4 mr66 figs-personification וְ⁠שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בְּ⁠כָל־הַ⁠מְּדִינ֑וֹת 1 и слава его ходила по всем областям То есть все люди узнали, насколько огромную власть получил Мардохей. Альтернативный перевод: "жители всех областей узнали, какой огромной властью он обладал" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 9 4 j9r9 figs-idiom מָרְדֳּכַ֖י הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠גָדֽוֹל 1 Мардохей, поднимался всё выше и выше This expression means that Mordecai continued to become more powerful and influential. Alternate translation: “Mordecai was becoming more famous because the king was giving him more and more power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 5 ack3 וַ⁠יַּכּ֤וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ בְּ⁠כָל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מַכַּת־חֶ֥רֶב 1 И ударили иудеи всех своих врагов ударом меча After the information about Mordecai, the story now returns to tell what happened on the appointed day. You could add a phrase to show this. Alternate translation, add: “on the day when they were allowed to defend themselves”
EST 9 5 ack4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּכּ֤וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ בְּ⁠כָל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מַכַּת־חֶ֥רֶב 1 И ударили иудеи всех своих врагов ударом меча This expression means that the Jews defended themselves against their enemies, even to the point of killing people who attacked them. Alternate translation: “the Jews attacked all of their enemies and killed them with their swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 5 j11d figs-synecdoche מַכַּת־חֶ֥רֶב 1 ударом меча Swords were not necessarily the only weapons the Jews had and used. The sword is used to represent all of their weaponry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this more general meaning. Alternate translation: “the Jews took up their weapons and used them against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 9 5 j13d figs-doublet וְ⁠הֶ֖רֶג וְ⁠אַבְדָ֑ן 1 убийством и уничтожением These two words have the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they destroyed them completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 9 5 j15d figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֥וּ בְ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶ֖ם כִּ⁠רְצוֹנָֽ⁠ם 1 и сделали они со своими врагами по своей воле This expression does not mean that the Jews felt pleasure when they killed their enemies. Rather, it means that the Jews were able to defend themselves against their enemies and were not hindered in any way. Alternate translation: “they were able to do everything they wanted to do against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 5 ack5 figs-idiom בְ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 со своими врагами This is an idiom that describes enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 6 b5ft וּ⁠בְ⁠שׁוּשַׁ֣ן הַ⁠בִּירָ֗ה 1 И в Сузах, крепости Alternate translation: “just in Susa, the capital city”
EST 9 6 j17d figs-doublet הָרְג֤וּ…וְ⁠אַבֵּ֔ד 1 убили и уничтожили These two words have the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 9 6 ha18 translate-numbers חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת אִֽישׁ 1 пятьсот человек 500 человек (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 7 ack6 figs-explicit פַּרְשַׁנְדָּ֛תָא…דַּֽלְפ֖וֹן…אַסְפָּֽתָא 1 Паршандафу… Далфона… Асфафу The story lists the names of Haman’s sons before explaining that they were his sons and that the Jews killed them. To be clear who these people are, you can add this information from verse 10 explicitly here. Alternate translation, add: “rhe Jews killed the ten sons of their enemy Haman son of Hammedatha. The names of his sons were …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 7 s6x2 translate-names פַּרְשַׁנְדָּ֛תָא…דַּֽלְפ֖וֹן…אַסְפָּֽתָא 1 Паршандафу… Далфона… Асфафу These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 9 8 g6zx translate-names פּוֹרָ֛תָא…אֲדַלְיָ֖א…אֲרִידָֽתָא 1 Порафу… Адалью… Аридафу Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 9 9 gj4p translate-names פַּרְמַ֨שְׁתָּא֙…אֲרִיסַ֔י…אֲרִדַ֖י…וַיְזָֽתָא 1 Пармашфу… Арисая… Аридая… Ваиезафу Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 9 10 fsa2 translate-numbers עֲ֠שֶׂרֶת בְּנֵ֨י 1 десятерых сыновей 10-х сыновей (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 10 xt5b figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֥ר הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים 1 врага иудеев This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 9 10 j19d figs-idiom לֹ֥א שָׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 не протянули своих рук Here the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to take something from another person. Alternate translation: “they did not take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 10 ack7 וּ⁠בַ֨⁠בִּזָּ֔ה 1 а на добычу Alternate translation: “But … their possessions”
EST 9 11 ack8 בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 В тот день Alternate translation: “at the end of that day”
EST 9 11 j21d figs-personification בָּ֣א מִסְפַּ֧ר…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 поступило к царю число Here the story speaks about the report as if it were a living thing that could come into the the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “one of the king’s servants told the king the number of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 9 11 acl0 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 к царю Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase likely means that someone came into the king’s presence in order to deliver this report. Alternate translation: “someone came in and reported to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 11 j22d figs-activepassive מִסְפַּ֧ר הַֽ⁠הֲרוּגִ֛ים 1 число убитых You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “how many people the Jews had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 12 j33d figs-doublet הָרְגוּ֩…וְ⁠אַבֵּ֜ד 1 убили и уничтожили These terms mean the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 9 12 cz3e translate-numbers חֲמֵ֧שׁ מֵא֣וֹת אִ֗ישׁ 1 пятьсот человек Alternate translation: “five hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 12 acl1 וְ⁠אֵת֙ 1 и Alternate translation: “including”
EST 9 12 j5p9 translate-numbers עֲשֶׂ֣רֶת בְּנֵֽי 1 десятерых сыновей Alternate translation: “10 sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 12 vh5l figs-rquestion בִּ⁠שְׁאָ֛ר מְדִינ֥וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ מֶ֣ה עָשׂ֑וּ 1 Что же они сделали в других областях царя Царь задаёт Есфири этот вопрос, чтобы выразить свою заинтересованность действиями евреев в областях империи. Альтеративный перевод: "Каковы их действия в других областях?", "Должно быть, они убили многих в других областях царя!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EST 9 12 s3sr figs-parallelism וּ⁠מַה־שְּׁאֵֽלָתֵ⁠ךְ֙ וְ⁠יִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֔⁠ךְ וּ⁠מַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֥⁠ךְ ע֖וֹד וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ 1 Какое твоё прошение? Оно будет дано тебе. И какая ещё твоя просьба? Она будет выполнена Абстрактное существительное "желание" можно заменить глаголами "просить", "хотеть": "Что ты хочешь у меня попросить?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 9 12 n3ua figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִנָּ֣תֵֽן לָ֔⁠ךְ…וְ⁠תֵעָֽשׂ 1 Оно будет дано тебе… Она будет выполнена Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "Я дам тебе всё, что ты у меня попросишь" или "Я сделаю всё, о чём ты меня попросишь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 12 ly4g figs-abstractnouns שְּׁאֵֽלָתֵ⁠ךְ֙…בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֥⁠ךְ 1 твоё прошение… твоя просьба Абстрактное существительное "просьба" можно заменить глаголами "просить", "хотеть": "О чём ты хочешь меня попросить?", "Что бы ты хотела получить от меня?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 13 acl2 figs-idiom אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב 1 Если угодно царю Или "исполнять приказ". Альтеративный перевод: "исполнять приказ также и завтра, "исполнять приказ завтра так же, как и сегодня" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 13 acl3 figs-activepassive יִנָּתֵ֣ן 1 пусть… будет позволено You can say this with an active form, and you can indicate that Esther is asking the king to do it. Alternate translation: “please allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 13 nz41 גַּם־מָחָ֗ר לַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֔ן לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת כְּ⁠דָ֣ת הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 завтра тоже… иудеям, которые в Сузах, делать по указу этого дня Alternate translation: “all the Jews who live in Susa to obey today’s decree tomorrow also” or “to do tomorrow also what was decreed that they should do today”
EST 9 13 j43d בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֔ן 1 в Сузах Alternate translation: “in the capital city of Susa”
EST 9 13 acl4 עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי־הָמָ֖ן יִתְל֥וּ 1 десятерых сыновей Амана пусть повесят The request is not for the king to allow the bodies to be impaled (or hanged), but instead, for the king to order this. Alternate translation: “and have the bodies of Haman’s ten sons hanged [or impaled]”
EST 9 13 acl5 translate-symaction עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי־הָמָ֖ן יִתְל֥וּ 1 десятерых сыновей Амана пусть повесят Повесить - значит "казнить, повесив на виселице" ("виселица" - это сооружение, состоящее из двух столбов с перекладиной, к которой крепилась веревка, свободный конец которой, как петля, одевался на шею человека). См. [Есфирь 2:23](../02/23.md). Альтернативный перевод: "казнили через повешение" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 9 13 acl6 figs-explicit עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי־הָמָ֖ן יִתְל֥וּ 1 десятерых сыновей Амана пусть повесят It is implicit that since Haman’s sons are already dead, what Esther is actually asking for is for their bodies to be impaled or hanged. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bodies of Haman’s ten sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 13 nr1p translate-numbers עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי 1 десятерых сыновей Alternate translation: “10 sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 13 qyu8 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 дереве See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md) and its other occurrences. Review the explanation in the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 9 14 acl7 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠הֵֽעָשׂ֣וֹת כֵּ֔ן 1 И сказал царь сделать так You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king granted both of Esther’s requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 14 acl8 figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּנָּתֵ֥ן דָּ֖ת בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֑ן 1 и был дан указ в Сузах This phrase, “in Susa,” seems to indicate that this refers to Esther’s first request. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he issued a decree allowing the Jews in Susa to fight against their enemies again the next day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 14 j47d figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּנָּתֵ֥ן דָּ֖ת בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֑ן 1 и был дан указ в Сузах This can be stated in active form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 14 j49d בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֑ן 1 в Сузах Alternate translation: “in the capital city of Susa”
EST 9 14 acl9 figs-explicit תָּלֽוּ 1 повесили This was Esther’s second request. You can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he ordered his servants to hang [or impale] the bodies of Haman’s ten sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 14 j51d translate-numbers עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת בְּנֵֽי 1 десятерых сыновей Alternate translation: “10 sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 15 j55d בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֗ן 1 в Сузах Alternate translation: “who lived in the capital city of Susa”
EST 9 15 acm0 וַ⁠יִּֽקָּהֲל֞וּ 1 И собрались Alternate translation: “joined together”
EST 9 15 p9gc translate-ordinal בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ 1 в четырнадцатый день Alternate translation: “on day 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 15 j57d translate-hebrewmonths לְ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר 1 месяца Адара **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), and [9:1](../09/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 9 15 j59d בְ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֔ן 1 в Сузах Alternate translation: “in the capital city of Susa”
EST 9 15 j61d translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת אִ֑ישׁ 1 триста человек Alternate translation: “three hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 15 lp12 figs-idiom וּ⁠בַ֨⁠בִּזָּ֔ה לֹ֥א שָׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 а на добычу не протянули своих рук Here, the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to take something from another person. Alternate translation: “they did not take the things that belonged to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 16 j65d figs-metaphor נִקְהֲל֣וּ ׀ וְ⁠עָמֹ֣ד עַל־נַפְשָׁ֗⁠ם 1 собрались и стояли за свои души Here, **standing** is a metaphor meaning to defend oneself and to fight back instead of running away from an enemy. See how you translated this in [8:11](../08/11.md). Alternate translation: “joined together to fight back against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 16 acm2 figs-explicit נִקְהֲל֣וּ ׀ וְ⁠עָמֹ֣ד עַל־נַפְשָׁ֗⁠ם 1 собрались и стояли за свои души It’s implicit here, and stated explicitly in the next verse, that these other Jews fought their enemies only on the thirteenth day. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly here. Alternate translation, add: “on the thirteenth day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 16 acm3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נ֨וֹחַ֙ מֵ⁠אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 и успокоились от своих врагов Here, **resting** is a figurative way of saying that they no longer needed to fight against their enemies because they had won the battle. Alternate translation: “they had no more trouble from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 16 kms1 וְ⁠הָרֹג֙ בְּ⁠שֹׂ֣נְאֵי⁠הֶ֔ם חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף 1 и убили ненавидящих их семьдесят пять тысяч Alternate translation: “and killed 75,000 of them”
EST 9 16 i1d1 translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף 1 семьдесят пять тысяч Alternate translation: “seventy-five thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 16 m2cx לֹ֥א שָֽׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 не протянули своих рук Alternate translation: “they did not take the things that belonged to them” or “they did not take the valuable things” or “the did not take their possessions”
EST 9 17 ll4f translate-ordinal בְּ⁠יוֹם־שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר 1 в тринадцатый день Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 17 j67d translate-hebrewmonths לְ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֑ר 1 месяца Адара **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), and [9:15](../09/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 9 17 acm5 בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠עָשֹׂ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ י֖וֹם מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָֽה 1 на его четырнадцатый день, и сделали его днём пира и радости Alternate translation: “they devoted the next day, the fourteenth day of the month of Adar, to joyful celebration” or “they feasted joyfully the next day, the fourteenth day of the month of Adar”
EST 9 17 kjj1 translate-ordinal בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 на его четырнадцатый день Alternate translation: “on day 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 17 j69d figs-hendiadys מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָֽה 1 пира и радости This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word **rejoicing** tells how they celebrated. Alternate translation: “joyful celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 9 17 acm6 figs-synecdoche מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה 1 пира This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. The celebrations must have included more than just eating special meals together, but the story uses those meals to refer to the entire celebrations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 9 18 w531 וְהַיְּהוּדִ֣ים אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֗ן נִקְהֲלוּ֙ 1 А иудеи, которые в Сузах, собирались Alternate translation: “but the Jews who lived in the capital city of Susa”
EST 9 18 acm7 figs-explicit נִקְהֲלוּ֙ 1 собирались The implication is that they did this to fight against their enemies. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who lived in Susa joined together to fight against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 18 acm8 figs-explicit בִּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 в его тринадцатый день, и в его четырнадцатый день If it would be clearer, you can say which month this is. Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth and fourteenth days of the month of Adar”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 18 j73d translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 в его тринадцатый день Alternate translation: “on day 13” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 18 j75d translate-ordinal וּ⁠בְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 и в его четырнадцатый день Alternate translation: “and on day 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 18 acm9 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נ֗וֹחַ בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠עָשֹׂ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ י֖וֹם מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָֽה 1 и успокоились в его пятнадцатый день, и сделали его днём пира и радости **Resting** is a figurative way of saying that they no longer needed to fight against their enemies because they had won the battle. Alternate translation: “they defeated them, and there was no fighting on the fifteenth day. They devoted that day to joyful celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 18 j77d translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 в его пятнадцатый день Alternate translation: “on day 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 18 j79d figs-hendiadys מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָֽה 1 пира и радости This phrase means the same thing as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “for feasting joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 9 19 j81d grammar-connect-logic-result עַל־כֵּ֞ן 1 Поэтому This term introduces the result of the events that were described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “for that reason” or “that is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 19 acn0 figs-parallelism הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֣ים הַפְּרָזִ֗ים הַ⁠יֹּשְׁבִים֮ בְּ⁠עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠פְּרָזוֹת֒ 1 сельские иудеи, живущие в открытых селениях These two phrases mean similar things. They are used together to make the identification of this group clear. The first phrase means that they lived in rural areas. The second phrase means they lived in settlements that did not have walls around them, that is, in villages. You can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the Jews who live in villages in the countryside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 9 19 acn1 figs-explicit עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֠ת י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙…וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 делают четырнадцатый день… и хорошим днём The implication is that this explanation is being offered for the benefit of city-dwelling Jews who might wonder why rural Jews celebrate this holiday on a different day. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation, add: “rather than on the fifteenth day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 19 acn2 עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֠ת י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙…וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 делают четырнадцатый день… и хорошим днём INTCORE делают четырнадцатый день… и хорошим днём Alternate translation: “observe this holiday on the fourteenth day”
EST 9 19 j83d translate-ordinal י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ 1 четырнадцатый день Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 19 j85d translate-hebrewmonths לְ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר 1 месяца Адара **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), [9:15](../09/15.md) and [9:17](../09/17.md).<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 9 19 j87d figs-hendiadys שִׂמְחָ֥ה וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֖ה 1 радостью, и пиршеством As in verses 17 and 18, this means “by celebrating joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 9 19 j89d figs-idiom וְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 и хорошим днём This expression generally means a day of happiness or celebration. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 19 acn3 translate-symaction וּ⁠מִשְׁל֥וֹחַ מָנ֖וֹת אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 и посылают подарки друг другу Giving gifts, in this culture as in many cultures, was a way of acknowledging a special occasion. Alternate translation: “and by giving gifts to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 9 19 j91d figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 друг другу Here, **a man** means “a person.” The term **friend** would include family members and neighbors as well as social friends. Alternate translation: “to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 20 acn4 וַ⁠יִּכְתֹּ֣ב…הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 И написал… эти слова Alternate translation: “wrote an account of all of these events”
EST 9 20 acn5 כָּל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֗ים אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינוֹת֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 всем иудеям, которые во всех областях царя Артаксеркса Alternate translation: “all the Jews everywhere in the kingdom”
EST 9 20 j95d figs-merism הַ⁠קְּרוֹבִ֖ים וְ⁠הָ⁠רְחוֹקִֽים 1 к ближним и к дальним This is a figurative way of referring to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between. This expression means the Jews who lived in or near Susa, those who lived far away, and all Jews in between. Alternate translation: “everywhere they lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 9 21 acn6 figs-idiom לְ⁠קַיֵּם֮ עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֒ לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים 1 чтобы установить у них празднование Установить праздник - значит "отмечать важное событие". Альтернативный перевод: "ежегодно в четырнадцатый и пятнадцатый день месяца Адар праздновали" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 21 j97d translate-ordinal י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ 1 четырнадцатого дня Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 21 j99d translate-hebrewmonths לְ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר 1 месяца Адар **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), [9:15](../09/15.md), [9:17](../09/17.md), and [9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 9 21 j111 translate-ordinal יוֹם־חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 его пятнадцатого дня Alternate translation: “the fifteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 9 21 n4v9 figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׁנָֽה 1 каждый год This expression means “every year.” Alternation translation: “each year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 22 acn7 grammar-connect-logic-result כַּ⁠יָּמִ֗ים אֲשֶׁר 1 как дни, в которые This verse gives the reason for what Mordecai told the Jews to do in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “because those were the days when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 22 acn8 figs-metaphor נָ֨חוּ בָ⁠הֶ֤ם הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ מֵ⁠א֣וֹיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 в которые иудеи успокоились от своих врагов As in verses 16, 17, and 18, **resting** here is a figurative way of saying that they no longer needed to fight against their enemies because they had won the battle. Alternate translation: “the Jews stopped fighting because they had defeated their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 22 acn9 וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֗דֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר֩ 1 и месяц, в который Alternate translation: “And that was the month when”
EST 9 22 aco1 figs-parallelism נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖בֶל לְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 превратилась их печаль в радость, и скорбь — в хороший день Вместо абстрактных существительных "печаль", "радость" можно использовать глаголы "горевать", "радоваться": "они перестали горевать и начали радоваться" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 9 22 aco3 figs-explicit נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖בֶל לְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 превратилась их печаль в радость, и скорбь — в хороший день It is implicit that the Jews were deeply distressed because they were being threatened with destruction, and they became very happy once they were safe from all their enemies. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that here. Alternate translation: “everything had changed for them. They had been deeply distressed because they were threatened with destruction. But they became very happy once they were safe from all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 22 nch1 figs-metaphor נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה 1 превратилась их печаль в радость **Turning** figuratively represents changing. Alternate translation: “they changed from being very sad to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 22 aco4 figs-abstractnouns מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה 1 печаль в радость The abstract nouns **sorrow** and **joy** can be expressed with adjectives such as “distressed” and “happy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 22 j113 figs-explicit לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת אוֹתָ֗⁠ם יְמֵי֙ 1 чтобы они сделали их днями These are things that Mordecai is telling the Jews to do in his letters. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that here. Alternate translation: “so Mordecai told them to observe those days with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 22 j115 figs-hendiadys מִשְׁתֶּ֣ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה 1 пира и радости As in verses 17, 18, and 19, this phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word “rejoicing” tells how the celebrating was to be done. Alternate translation: “joyful celebration” or “feasting joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 9 22 aco5 וּ⁠מִשְׁל֤וֹחַ מָנוֹת֙ אִ֣ישׁ לְ⁠רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 и посылали подарки друг другу See how you translated this in verse 19. Review the notes there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “and by giving gifts to one another”
EST 9 22 j117 figs-idiom אִ֣ישׁ לְ⁠רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 друг другу Here, **a man** means “a person.” The term **friend** would include family members and neighbors as well as social friends. Alternate translation: “to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 22 aco6 translate-symaction וּ⁠מַתָּנ֖וֹת לָֽ⁠אֶבְיוֹנִֽים 1 и подарки бедным In this culture as in many others, helping the poor was also a way of acknowledging a special occasion. The idea was that no one should miss out on the benefits of the wonderful thing that God had done. Alternate translation: “Mordecai also told them that they should help the poor on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 9 22 z1vl figs-explicit וּ⁠מַתָּנ֖וֹת לָֽ⁠אֶבְיוֹנִֽים 1 и подарки бедным This is also something that Mordecai is telling the Jews to do in his letters. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that here. Alternate translation: “Mordecai also told them that they should give gifts to the poor on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 23 aco7 figs-explicit וְ⁠קִבֵּל֙…אֲשֶׁר־כָּתַ֥ב מָרְדֳּכַ֖י אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 И приняли… чём Мардохей написал им The implication seems to be that the Jews were glad to do what Mordecai had instructed, because they had already been doing it. You can add a word such as “readily” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 23 aco8 וְ⁠קִבֵּל֙ 1 И приняли Alternate translation: “agreed”
EST 9 23 ib25 figs-events אֲשֶׁר־הֵחֵ֖לּוּ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֑וֹת 1 что уже начали делать Alternate translation: “the Jews were already celebrating those days that way.” You can put this information first, to present the events in logical and chronological order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 9 24 j119 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי֩ 1 потому что This introduces the reason for the events previously described. The story will now summarize everything that happened previously. The Jews were to celebrate because they were able to fight back when Haman plotted to destroy all of them. Alternate translation: “they would celebrate these days to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 24 kqf6 figs-explicit כִּי֩ 1 потому что Пур - это персидское слово, переводимое как "жребий". Выражение "бросать пур" означает "бросать жребий".[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 24 j125 figs-distinguish צֹרֵר֙ כָּל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים 1 враг всех иудеев This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of all the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 9 24 aco9 חָשַׁ֥ב עַל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים לְ⁠אַבְּדָ֑⁠ם 1 задумал против иудеев, чтобы уничтожить их Alternate translation: “had tried to carry out a plan that would destroy the Jews”
EST 9 24 xz7s figs-explicit וְ⁠הִפִּ֥יל פּוּר֙ ה֣וּא הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֔ל 1 и бросал пур, то есть жребий Вы можете уточнить, зачем Аман бросал жребий: "он бросал "пур" (то есть "жребий"), чтобы выбрать наиболее подходящий день для истребления евреев" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 24 bcy2 translate-names פּוּר֙ ה֣וּא הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֔ל 1 пур, то есть жребий As in 3:7, the storyteller is giving both the Persian and the Hebrew name because this is the story behind the Festival of Purim, which takes its name from “Pur.” So this is not repetition for emphasis. You can put in the Persian name and then the name for “lot” in your own language to show that the storyteller is doing this. Alternate translation: “a Pur (that is, a lot)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 9 24 j127 figs-hendiadys לְ⁠הֻמָּ֖⁠ם וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַבְּדָֽ⁠ם 1 об их истреблении и об их уничтожении The terms **vex** and **destroy** mean basically the same thing. They are used together to emphasize the degree to which Haman’s deadly plans were distressing to the Jews. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the terms and express the emphasis with a word like “completely.” Alternate translation: “and completely destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 9 25 m8x3 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠בֹאָ⁠הּ֮ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 и когда она пришла к царю In this summary, many details are communicated implicitly. **She** means Esther. Also, this verse continues the account of what this celebration is commemorating.<br>If it would be clearer in your language, you can make these things explicit. Alternate translation: “the celebration also commemorated how Esther dared to come into the king’s presence without being summoned, and she won his favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 25 j128 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 к царю Here, **face** is a metonym meaning the presence of a person. This phrase means that Esther came into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into the king’s presence” or “before the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 25 acp1 figs-explicit אָמַ֣ר עִם־הַ⁠סֵּ֔פֶר 1 он приказал письмом Once again, there is much information that is implicit here. If it would be clearer in your language, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “the king gave Mordecai the authority to send a letter throughout the empire saying that the Jews could defend themselves against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 25 y57b figs-idiom יָשׁ֞וּב מַחֲשַׁבְתּ֧⁠וֹ הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה אֲשֶׁר־חָשַׁ֥ב עַל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עַל־רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 чтобы его злой замысел, который он задумал против иудеев, обратился на его голову Направился против него - значит "обрушился на него самого". Альтернативный перевод: "злой замысел Амана, составленный против евреев, был осуществлён против него самого" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 25 acp2 figs-personification וְ⁠תָל֥וּ אֹת֛⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֖י⁠ו עַל־הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 и повесили его и его сыновей на дереве The letter itself did not say this. The story is summarizing the events in compressed form. It is speaking of the letter as if it were a person who could take action and give commands like this, but it was the king who gave the command. Alternate translation: “the king also ordered his servants to hang [or impale] Haman on a wooden pole [or hang Haman on a gallows]. When the Jews in Susa killed his ten sons, the king had their bodies hanged [or impaled] as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 9 25 j129 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 дереве See how you translated this term in [2:23](../02/23.md) and its other occurrences. Review the explanation in the note to [2:23](../02/23.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 9 26 j131 grammar-connect-logic-result עַל־כֵּ֡ן 1 Поэтому This introduces the reason why the Jews gave the name “Purim” to this celebration. Alternate translation: “for that reason” or “that is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 26 acp3 figs-explicit קָֽרְאוּ֩ לַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָ⁠אֵ֤לֶּה פוּרִים֙ 1 назвали эти дни Пурим **They** means the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jews called these days Purim, like the word Pur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 26 c1gi translate-names פוּרִים֙ 1 Пурим This is the name of the festival that commemorates the salvation of the Jewish people in ancient Persia from Haman’s plot to destroy and kill all the Jews in a single day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 9 26 buf1 writing-background עַל־שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠פּ֔וּר 1 от имени “пур” Alternate translation: “the Persian word for ‘lot’ is ‘Pur’” This is information that the original audience needed to understand how this celebration got its name. You can put this first in the verse because it explains what comes next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 9 26 yq8m figs-explicit שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠פּ֔וּר 1 имени “пур” It can be stated clearly what “Pur” means. Alternate translation: “the word Pur, which means ‘lot’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 26 j133 grammar-connect-logic-result עַל־כֵּ֕ן 1 Поэтому Это название древнеперсидского праздника, установленного в память об избавлении еврейского народа от замысла Амана, направленного против истребления иудеев (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 26 acp4 עַל־כָּל־דִּבְרֵ֖י הָ⁠אִגֶּ֣רֶת הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 по всем словам этого письма This is a reference to the letter that Mordecai wrote, as described in verses 20–22. Alternate translation: “because Mordecai wrote to them to tell them to observe this holiday”
EST 9 26 acp5 figs-parallelism וּ⁠מָֽה־רָא֣וּ עַל־כָּ֔כָה וּ⁠מָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 и по тому, что они видели об этом и что доходило до них These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize what a vivid experience it was to live through the events that this story describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the phrases and express the emphasis with a word like “amazing.” Alternate translation: “the amazing things that had happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 9 26 acp6 figs-explicit וּ⁠מָֽה־רָא֣וּ עַל־כָּ֔כָה וּ⁠מָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 и по тому, что они видели об этом и что доходило до них These phrases say generally “this” and “what,” but they are referring to the specific events the story has related. If it would be clearer in your language, you can describe these things specifically. Alternate translation: “because the Jews had been able to destroy the enemies who had wanted to destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 26 acp7 figs-events וּ⁠מָֽה־רָא֣וּ עַל־כָּ֔כָה וּ⁠מָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 и по тому, что они видели об этом и что доходило до них You can put this first, before the information about Mordecai’s letter, because it happened first. You can say “then” when you tell about the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 9 26 j135 figs-idiom וּ⁠מָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 и что доходило до них This expression means “what had happened to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 27 acp8 קִיְּמ֣וּ וְקִבְּל֣וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֩ ׀ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֨ם ׀ וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֜⁠ם וְ⁠עַ֨ל כָּל־הַ⁠נִּלְוִ֤ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙…לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֣ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠יָּמִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 иудеи постановили и приняли для себя, и для своего семени, и для всех присоединяющихся к ним… праздновать эти два дня Alternate translation: “the Jews said that they would tell their descendants and those people who became Jews to be certain to celebrate this festival”
EST 9 27 acp9 figs-doublet קִיְּמ֣וּ וְקִבְּל֣וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֩ 1 иудеи постановили и приняли “Set up” and “accepted” mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews definitely agreed to do this. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “agreed to establish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 9 27 j137 figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֜⁠ם 1 и для своего семени As in [6:13](../06/13.md), **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 27 j141 figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲב֔וֹר 1 непременно This expression means that the Jews would never stop celebrating the feast of Purim every year. You can put this last since it applies to the whole verse. Alternate translation: “always” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 27 acq0 figs-events לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֣ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠יָּמִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 праздновать эти два дня Alternate translation: “to establish those two days as holidays and to observe them.” To present things in chronological order, you can put this before the reference to Jewish descendants and converts to Judaism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 9 27 acq1 כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֖⁠ם 1 по предписанному о них Alternate translation: “in the way that Mordecai had told them to do in the letter”
EST 9 27 acq2 וְ⁠כִ⁠זְמַנָּ֑⁠ם 1 и в своё время для них This means the fourteenth and fifteenth days of the month of Adar, as specified in [9:21](../09/21.md). Alternate translation: “on those exact days of the month of Adar”
EST 9 27 j143 figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׁנָֽה 1 каждый год This expression means “each and every year.” Alternate translation: “every single year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 28 acq3 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ֠⁠אֵלֶּה נִזְכָּרִ֨ים וְ⁠נַעֲשִׂ֜ים 1 и чтобы эти дни помнили и праздновали This gives the result of the reasons described in verses 26 and 27. Alternate translation: “therefore” or “that is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 9 28 acq4 figs-doublet וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ֠⁠אֵלֶּה נִזְכָּרִ֨ים וְ⁠נַעֲשִׂ֜ים 1 и чтобы эти дни помнили и праздновали **Remembered** and **made** mean basically the same thing here. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews have been faithful in doing this. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the general meaning by saying something like “So the Jews have celebrated these days.” Alternate translation: “therefore they said that they would remember and celebrate on those two days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 9 28 hc8s figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ֠⁠אֵלֶּה נִזְכָּרִ֨ים וְ⁠נַעֲשִׂ֜ים 1 и чтобы эти дни помнили и праздновали This expression uses two passive forms, but you could say the same thing using active forms. Alternate translation: “so the Jews have celebrated and observed these days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 28 j145 figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־דּ֣וֹר וָ⁠ד֗וֹר 1 во все роды This expression means “in each and every generation.” Alternate translation: “in every single generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 28 j147 figs-idiom מִשְׁפָּחָה֙ וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּחָ֔ה 1 в каждом семействе This expression means “every family.” Alternate translation: “every Jewish family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 28 acq5 figs-merism מְדִינָ֥ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֖ה וְ⁠עִ֣יר וָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 в каждой области и в каждом городе This could be a figure of speech that refers to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between those parts. Generally speaking, a province would be the largest division of the empire that would identify a person’s location, and a city would be the smallest. Particularly, since the Jews would continue to celebrate Purim after the Persian empire and its provinces no longer exist, you might choose to express the meaning of this figure of speech in a more general way. Alternate translation: “everywhere they have lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 9 28 j149 figs-idiom מְדִינָ֥ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֖ה 1 в каждой области This expression means “every province.” Alternate translation: “in every single<br>province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 28 j151 figs-idiom וְ⁠עִ֣יר וָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 и в каждом городе This expression means “every city.” Alternate translation: “in every single city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 28 acq6 figs-doublenegatives וִ⁠ימֵ֞י הַ⁠פּוּרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה לֹ֤א יַֽעַבְרוּ֙ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים וְ⁠זִכְרָ֖⁠ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף מִ⁠זַּרְעָֽ⁠ם 1 и чтобы эти дни Пурима не отменялись среди иудеев, и чтобы память о них не исчезла у их семени As in verse 27, this expression means that the Jews will never stop celebrating the feast of Purim. You can say this positively. Alternate translation: “will always observe the Festival of Purim faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EST 9 28 m5o8 figs-parallelism וִ⁠ימֵ֞י הַ⁠פּוּרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה לֹ֤א יַֽעַבְרוּ֙ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים וְ⁠זִכְרָ֖⁠ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף מִ⁠זַּרְעָֽ⁠ם 1 и чтобы эти дни Пурима не отменялись среди иудеев, и чтобы память о них не исчезла у их семени These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews will definitely not stop celebrating Purim each year. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the phrases and express the emphasis with a word like “definitely” or “certainly” or “always.” Alternate translation: “the Jews and their descendants will certainly always continue to celebrate this festival of Purim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 9 28 acq7 מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים 1 среди иудеев Alternate translation: “within the Jewish community”
EST 9 28 i2qk וְ⁠זִכְרָ֖⁠ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף 1 и чтобы память о них не исчезла Alternate translation: “will always observe”
EST 9 28 j155 figs-metaphor מִ⁠זַּרְעָֽ⁠ם 1 у их семени As in verse 27, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 29 je8e figs-distinguish בַת־אֲבִיחַ֛יִל 1 дочь Абихаила This information reminds the reader who Esther was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 9 29 cm8c translate-names אֲבִיחַ֛יִל 1 Абихаила Отец Есфирь был дядей Мардохея. См., как данный факт переведён в [Есфирь 2:15](../02/15.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 9 29 oc4c וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֥י 1 и… Мардохей Since the Hebrew verb wrote is feminine singular, it means that the letter was from Esther. The mention of **Mordecai** here probably means that Mordecai helped her to write the letter. Alternate translation: “with Mordecai”
EST 9 29 acq8 figs-distinguish הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖י 1 иудей This phrase gives information about Mordecai to remind the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 9 29 acq9 תִּכְתֹּב…אֶת־כָּל־תֹּ֑קֶף 1 со всей властью Alternate translation: “using her royal authority” or “using the authority that she had as queen”
EST 9 29 ku7d translate-numbers לְ⁠קַיֵּ֗ם אֵ֣ת אִגֶּ֧רֶת הַ⁠פּוּרִ֛ים הַ⁠זֹּ֖את הַ⁠שֵּׁנִֽית 1 чтобы исполняли это второе письмо Пурима **This second letter of Purim** could refer to (1) this letter that Esther is writing, which is the second letter that the Jews will receive about the festival of Purim. Alternate translation: “an additional letter about Purim with her authority” or (2) the second letter that Mordecai wrote (see verses 20-22), creating the festival of Purim. Alternate translation: “to confirm what Mordecai had written about Purim in his second letter” In either case, this letter from Esther is to add her royal authority to what Mordecai had already written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 30 acr1 figs-gendernotations וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח סְפָרִ֜ים 1 И он послал письма While this says “**he**,” in context it refers to the letter that Esther wrote with Mordecai’s help. Alternate translation: “they sent copies of this second letter” or “Mordecai ordered messengers to take copies of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EST 9 30 acr2 figs-parallelism אֶל־כָּל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֗ים אֶל־שֶׁ֨בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה מַלְכ֖וּת אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 ко всем иудеям в сто двадцать семь областей царства Артаксеркса These three phrases all mean the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that Esther and Mordecai sent this second letter out comprehensively throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “to all the Jews throughout the entire empire of Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 9 30 acr3 figs-metonymy שֶׁ֨בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה 1 сто двадцать семь областей The letter was not sent to the provinces as geographical territories, but to the Jews who lived in them. The Jews are being described by something associated with them, the places where they lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 30 u389 translate-numbers שֶׁ֨בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֙ מְדִינָ֔ה 1 сто двадцать семь областей Alternate translation: “one hundred and twenty-seven provinces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 9 30 iaf7 figs-abstractnouns דִּבְרֵ֥י שָׁל֖וֹם וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 со словами мира и правды The abstract nouns **peace** and **truth** can be expressed in other ways. Alternate translation: “encouraging the Jews that they are now safe and can live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 30 mpse דִּבְרֵ֥י שָׁל֖וֹם וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 со словами мира и правды The Hebrew word translated as **truth** here also refers to things that are “sure” or “secure.” When “peace” and “truth” are paired together, they can refer to a peaceful, stable political environment, as in 2 Kings 20:19 and Jeremiah 33:6. Alternate translation: “with a message that assured them of their peaceful and stable situation”
EST 9 31 acr4 לְ⁠קַיֵּ֡ם אֵת־יְמֵי֩ הַ⁠פֻּרִ֨ים הָ⁠אֵ֜לֶּה בִּ⁠זְמַנֵּי⁠הֶ֗ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֩ קִיַּ֨ם עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם מָרְדֳּכַ֤י הַ⁠יְּהוּדִי֙ וְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה 1 чтобы соблюдали эти дни Пурима в своё время, как установил для них иудей Мардохей и царица Есфирь Alternate translation: “in this second letter, Mordecai the Jew and Queen Esther confirmed that Purim should be celebrated on the fourteenth and fifteenth days of the month of Adar”
EST 9 31 rgr9 figs-distinguish הַ⁠יְּהוּדִי֙ 1 иудей This phrase gives clarifying information about Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 9 31 acr5 וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר קִיְּמ֥וּ עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖⁠ם וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠צֹּמ֖וֹת וְ⁠זַעֲקָתָֽ⁠ם 1 и как они установили для себя и для своего семени: относительно поста и плача This is referring to background information that the original audience would have known. They would have known what the fasting was about. It could be either: (1) fasting as a part of Purim. We know that some Jews fasted on the 13th day of the month of Adar to commemorate the day that Haman intended to destroy them, or (2) other times of fasting. Ever since the destruction of Jerusalem, the Jews had been fasting and mourning in the fifth month of the year to show their sorrow over what had happened. (The story refers to the Babylonian conquest of Jerusalem in [2:6](../02/06.md).) You could put this information in a footnote if it would help your readers to understand this.
EST 9 31 rl2s figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם 1 и для своего семени Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning the offspring or descendants of the Jews. Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 32 acr7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְתָּ֖ב בַּ⁠סֵּֽפֶר 1 и он был вписан в книгу You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the royal scribes made an official record of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 10 intro h4m4 0 # Есфирь 10 Общие замечания<br><br>### Важные концепции<br><br>#### Новое положение Мардохея<br><br>Благодаря Богу, Мардохей занял высокопоставленную должность в Персидской империи: он был вторым властелином после царя Персии и использовал своё положение для того, чтобы улучшить жизнь своего народа.<br><br>## Ссылки:<br><br>* __[Есфирь 10:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../09/intro.md) | __
EST 10 1 j157 writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩ הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֧וֹשׁ 1 INTCORE И установил царь Артаксеркс Установить налог - значит "заставить людей платить налог". Под "землёй" и "морскими островами" подразумевается население тех областей. Альтернативный перевод: "начал брать налоги с населения своей земли и жителей морских островов" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 10 1 b5ht וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩…מַ֛ס 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “Then … levied a tax”
EST 10 1 acr8 figs-merism עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 INTCORE на земле и на морских островах The purpose of this chapter is to describe the greatness of Mordecai. It does that by showing that he was second in command to a very powerful emperor. Referring to both the land and the sea is a way to include everything that lives in a very large area of the earth. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the general meaning by saying something like “everyone throughout his empire.” Alternate translation: “on all the people in the empire … even the people who lived on the islands in the Mediterranean Sea” or “on everyone throughout the land and even the far-away islands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 10 1 twn8 figs-explicit וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 INTCORE на земле и на морских островах The phrase **the islands of the sea** likely refers to the fact that the Persian kings had conquered territories reaching all the way to the Mediterranean Sea. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which reached all the way to the Mediterranean Sea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 10 1 acr9 figs-metonymy עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 INTCORE на земле и на морских островах These geographic features were not expected to pay the tax. The land and coastlands represent the people living there. The story is describing those people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the places where they live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 10 2 acs1 figs-doublet וְ⁠כָל־מַעֲשֵׂ֤ה תָקְפּ⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠גְב֣וּרָת֔⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE И все дела его силы и могущества Вместо абстрактных существительных "сила" и "могущество" можно использовать прилагательные "великие", "могущественные": "все его великие и могущественные достижения", "о том, насколько великими и могущесвенными были его достижения" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 10 2 p98n figs-abstractnouns תָקְפּ⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠גְב֣וּרָת֔⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE его силы и могущества The abstract nouns **power** and **might** can be translated with an adjective. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 10 2 k7tc וּ⁠פָרָשַׁת֙ 1 RUQuote “They also wrote a full account”
EST 10 2 acs2 גְּדֻלַּ֣ת מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 RUQuote Или "точный отчёт о том, как царь возвеличил и прославил Мардохея", "точное описание того, как царь почтил Мардохея за его великие достижения" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 10 2 acs3 גִּדְּל֖⁠וֹ 1 RUQuote See how you translated this phrase in 3:1 and 5:11. Alternate translation: “had promoted him”
EST 10 2 acs4 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים עַל־סֵ֨פֶר֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים לְ⁠מַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּ⁠פָרָֽס 1 INTCORE разве они не записаны в книге хроники дней царей Мидии и Персии This is actually a statement. The question form is used to emphasize the certainty of the statement. If questions are not used this way in your language, then use a statement instead, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EST 10 2 acs5 figs-activepassive הֲ⁠לוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים 1 INTCORE разве они не записаны You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The king’s scribes made a record …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 10 2 acs6 הֲ⁠לוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים 1 INTCORE разве они не записаны Because it comes first logically, you can put this first in the verse if that would be clearer in your language.
EST 10 2 acs7 figs-idiom סֵ֨פֶר֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים לְ⁠מַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּ⁠פָרָֽס 1 INTCORE книге хроники дней царей Мидии и Персии See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “the royal record books of Media and Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 10 3 j159 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 INTCORE Ведь This word indicates that this verse will give the reason why the scribes made a record about Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 10 3 acs8 figs-distinguish הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֗י 1 INTCORE иудей This phrase gives clarifying information about Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 10 3 acs9 מִשְׁנֶה֙ לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “was the second most important person after King Ahasuerus himself”
EST 10 3 act0 וְ⁠גָדוֹל֙ לַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים 1 RUQuote Alternate translation: “and a great leader of the Jews”
EST 10 3 iui7 figs-gendernotations אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 INTCORE своих братьев Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of describing fellow members of the same people group. Alternate translation: “fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EST 10 3 act2 figs-parallelism דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE искал добра своему народу и делал мир всему своему семени These two phrases basically mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how hard Mordecai worked for the good of his people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like, “He worked hard so his people and their descendants would prosper.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 10 3 act3 figs-abstractnouns דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE искал добра своему народу и делал мир всему своему семени The abstract nouns **good** and **peace** refer in this context to prosperity and security. You could translate these ideas with verbs, for example, you could say, “He worked hard to make sure that his people would prosper and their descendants would be secure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 10 3 wte9 figs-metaphor דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE искал добра своему народу Искать добра - это метафора, означающая "упорно трудиться ради чьего-то блага". Абстрактное существительное "добро" можно заменить глаголом "процветать" или наречием "безопасно": "он упорно трудился, чтобы его народ мог процветать" или "он прикладывал все усилия для того, чтобы его народ жил безопасно" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 10 3 s8f8 figs-idiom וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE и делал мир всему своему семени **Speaking peace** is a figurative way of describing actions that benefit the general welfare of others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 10 3 j161 figs-metaphor לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 INTCORE всему своему семени Here, **seed** figuratively means “descendants.” Even if you combine the two parallel phrases, you can still convey the idea of “down through the generations” with a word such as “always.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 10 1 j157 writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩ הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֧וֹשׁ 1 И установил царь Артаксеркс Установить налог - значит "заставить людей платить налог". Под "землёй" и "морскими островами" подразумевается население тех областей. Альтернативный перевод: "начал брать налоги с населения своей земли и жителей морских островов" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 10 1 b5ht וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩…מַ֛ס 1 И установил… налог Alternate translation: “Then … levied a tax”
EST 10 1 acr8 figs-merism עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 на земле и на морских островах The purpose of this chapter is to describe the greatness of Mordecai. It does that by showing that he was second in command to a very powerful emperor. Referring to both the land and the sea is a way to include everything that lives in a very large area of the earth. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the general meaning by saying something like “everyone throughout his empire.” Alternate translation: “on all the people in the empire … even the people who lived on the islands in the Mediterranean Sea” or “on everyone throughout the land and even the far-away islands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 10 1 twn8 figs-explicit וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 и на морских островах The phrase **the islands of the sea** likely refers to the fact that the Persian kings had conquered territories reaching all the way to the Mediterranean Sea. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which reached all the way to the Mediterranean Sea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 10 1 acr9 figs-metonymy עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 на земле и на морских островах These geographic features were not expected to pay the tax. The land and coastlands represent the people living there. The story is describing those people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the places where they live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 10 2 acs1 figs-doublet וְ⁠כָל־מַעֲשֵׂ֤ה תָקְפּ⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠גְב֣וּרָת֔⁠וֹ 1 И все дела его силы и могущества Вместо абстрактных существительных "сила" и "могущество" можно использовать прилагательные "великие", "могущественные": "все его великие и могущественные достижения", "о том, насколько великими и могущесвенными были его достижения" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 10 2 p98n figs-abstractnouns תָקְפּ⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠גְב֣וּרָת֔⁠וֹ 1 его силы и могущества The abstract nouns **power** and **might** can be translated with an adjective. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 10 2 k7tc וּ⁠פָרָשַׁת֙ 1 и полное описание “They also wrote a full account”
EST 10 2 acs2 גְּדֻלַּ֣ת מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 величия Мардохея Или "точный отчёт о том, как царь возвеличил и прославил Мардохея", "точное описание того, как царь почтил Мардохея за его великие достижения" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 10 2 acs3 גִּדְּל֖⁠וֹ 1 прославил его See how you translated this phrase in 3:1 and 5:11. Alternate translation: “had promoted him”
EST 10 2 acs4 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים עַל־סֵ֨פֶר֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים לְ⁠מַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּ⁠פָרָֽס 1 разве они не записаны в книге хроники дней царей Мидии и Персии This is actually a statement. The question form is used to emphasize the certainty of the statement. If questions are not used this way in your language, then use a statement instead, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EST 10 2 acs5 figs-activepassive הֲ⁠לוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים 1 разве они не записаны You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The king’s scribes made a record …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 10 2 acs6 הֲ⁠לוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים 1 разве они не записаны Because it comes first logically, you can put this first in the verse if that would be clearer in your language.
EST 10 2 acs7 figs-idiom סֵ֨פֶר֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים לְ⁠מַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּ⁠פָרָֽס 1 книге хроники дней царей Мидии и Персии See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “the royal record books of Media and Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 10 3 j159 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Ведь This word indicates that this verse will give the reason why the scribes made a record about Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 10 3 acs8 figs-distinguish הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֗י 1 иудей This phrase gives clarifying information about Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 10 3 acs9 מִשְׁנֶה֙ לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 был вторым после царя Артаксеркса Alternate translation: “was the second most important person after King Ahasuerus himself”
EST 10 3 act0 וְ⁠גָדוֹל֙ לַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים 1 и великим среди иудеев Alternate translation: “and a great leader of the Jews”
EST 10 3 iui7 figs-gendernotations אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 своих братьев Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of describing fellow members of the same people group. Alternate translation: “fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EST 10 3 act2 figs-parallelism דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 искал добра своему народу и делал мир всему своему семени These two phrases basically mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how hard Mordecai worked for the good of his people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like, “He worked hard so his people and their descendants would prosper.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 10 3 act3 figs-abstractnouns דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 искал добра своему народу и делал мир всему своему семени The abstract nouns **good** and **peace** refer in this context to prosperity and security. You could translate these ideas with verbs, for example, you could say, “He worked hard to make sure that his people would prosper and their descendants would be secure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 10 3 wte9 figs-metaphor דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 искал добра своему народу Искать добра - это метафора, означающая "упорно трудиться ради чьего-то блага". Абстрактное существительное "добро" можно заменить глаголом "процветать" или наречием "безопасно": "он упорно трудился, чтобы его народ мог процветать" или "он прикладывал все усилия для того, чтобы его народ жил безопасно" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 10 3 s8f8 figs-idiom וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 и делал мир всему своему семени **Speaking peace** is a figurative way of describing actions that benefit the general welfare of others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 10 3 j161 figs-metaphor לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 всему своему семени Here, **seed** figuratively means “descendants.” Even if you combine the two parallel phrases, you can still convey the idea of “down through the generations” with a word such as “always.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1433.